
Glass tl3.fi_ ^ 

Book Y. ^"i''vN 3 



UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 

IN 

AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY 

Vol. 1 6, No. 5, pp. 1 77-3 1 4, plates 1-16,1 text figure, 34 maps. May 31,1 920 



YUROK GEOGRAPHY 



BY 



T. T. WATERMAN 



UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 



TJNIVEESITT OF CALIFOKNIA PTJBLICATIONS 
DEPAETMENT OF ANTHEOPOLOGY 

nnder the direction of the Department of^^°"",f°P°4. ^n* for Journals devoted to general 
wtlons of anthropological 'i«P«*f„«-'^\\^„^io^''"?bW are for sale at the prices stated, 
anthropology °',,to "<:haeology and ettaolo^ T^^^^ University Library, Berkeley 

^Sa! n A i? orlera^^aJd «m?tSs shLd be addressed to the University of 
CaUfomla Press. x-mrrwoT nrv—A. I. Kroeher, Editor. Prices, 

^nXef^T^f Vof^es ^n^lS^r£a0^eac^U;?olun.e'x2 and following. 

$5.00 each. cited as ITnlv. calif. Puhl. Am. Arch. Ethn. ^"" 

vol 1. 1. Life and Culture of the Hupa, by Pliny Earle Goddard. Pp. 1-88; plates ^^^ 

1-30. September, 1903 •-■•••-• ■■•■■•■■•••-■••■""■••■■qoko"'m^^^ 1901 3.00 

2. Hupa Texts, by Pliny Earle Goddard. Pp. 89-368. March, laui 

vol 2 1 The SJlo^ration'o?the Potter Creek Cave, by William J. Sinclair. Pp. 1-27; ^^ 
2. ThTlfa^nSes«e'coLt ofCaU^r-iaS^^ ^7 A. L. ^ 

3.TSr^?'in^^--C=ni?^r^.^o^erH:-8i;i6^ ^ 

4. Basktt-Desi^s""7f lhe"""liTlais"of"""N^^ ^^ A. L. 

a.T^^^^!^S1;f=---=^-^-----"^ 2.2a 

165-377. January, 1907 

Index, pp. 379-392. ^ ^ „^^ 

VOLS. The Morphology of the Hupa Language, by Pliny Earle Goddard. 344 pp. ^^^ 

and in the U. S. National Museum, by Ales Hrdlicka. Pp. 49-64, wltn ^^ 
5 tables; plates 1-10, and ^^.p. June 1906 -■■■"■■•--•"•.- -i^"" 65-166: 

3. The Shoshonean Dialects of CaUfomia. by A. L. Kroeber. ±T). oo idd. ^^^ 

4. i^^l^tl^^om'^i^CeniraicaUfo^arbf Aii: :^e^^ _^ 

6. Thf Wa'fhT'lla'nl^-agrof EastCentrarCaW^^^^^ ^7 A. L. ^^ 

Kroeber Pp. 251-318. September, 1907 .-■^ V" "l'"^ ■■iiaSfi 

6. TS^Eelt^on of the Indians of California, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 319-356. ^ 
September, 1907 



Vol.4. 



Vol. 5. 1. The Phonology or tne iiupa i^augucgc, . ».. t^'"r r^^ JS5 

eastern CaUfomla and Southern Oregon, by S. A. Barrett. ±T). -aa ^a-'. ^^ 
6. T^^^i^o a^l^d Langnage:by EoliiSi: "ii-onr-pp:^^^^^^^ ^^ 

August, 1910 - - - - 

Index, pp. 381-381. oo,„r.oi 

VOLS. 1. The Ethno-Geography of the Pomo S^idNelShbonng Indians, by Samuel 

3 OnTeVd^encf oTihrSc'cupatlon of Certain Eegions by the Miwok 

Indians, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 369-380. ^ 

Nos. 2 and 3 in one cover. February, laoo - 

Index, pp. 381-400. 



UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 

IN 

AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY 

Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 177-314, plates 1-16, 1 text figure, 34 maps. May 31, 1920 




YUEOK GEOGRAPHY 



BY 

T. T. WATERMAN 



CONTENTS 



Introduction 179 

Orthography 179 

Location of the Yurok 182 

Mode of life 184 

Geographical concepts 189 

Direction terms 193 

Place names 195 

Distribution of towns 200 

List of towns and settlements 205 

House names :• 208 

Place names and personal names .'. 214 

Forms of real property 218 

Descent and inheritance 223 

Descriptive geography 226 

Notes on Rectangle A , 227 



B..: 

c 

D. 

E... 
F... 
G.. 
H.. 
L... 
J... 
K. 



233 

236 

239 

246 

,. 253 

255 

261 

263 

267 

269 

Alphabetical list of place names 273 

Bibliography 283 

MAPS 

Map 1. California, showing the location of Yurok territory 183 

" 2. Northwestern California, showing the distribution of Yurok place 

names outside of Yurok territory opposite 186 

" 3. The Yurok area, showing the property owned, or claimed, by one 

family 225 

" 4. Key-map, indicating the division of Yurok territory into arbitrary 

rectangles for the purpose of description opposite 226 



17S 



'nivcrsity of Califoniia rubltcations in Am. 



Arch. Giiil Eihn. [Vol. 16 



PAGE 

, , opposite 226 

Map o. Rectangk" A ■• „.,„ 

- 0. Mouth of Wilson vvvrk and VRMiufV -. ■ ^^« 

' , opposite 230 

" 7. Omen ,-» ' o-jn 

„ „ . opposite ASU 

" 8. Rekwoi ., .„., 

, , „ opposite HI 

" «■ I^^-^'^^t I opUite 236 

" 10- R'^'^tangeC opposite 238 

" 11- RPct'i,"?!'^ D opposite 240 

" 12. \\ oxe ro ;♦„ -Tin 

, , opposite 240 

" 13. Wo'xtek ^^^^.^^ 242 

" 1^- ^"-"-^'^P opposite 242 

" 1- P'-'l^^^" opposite 244 

" l*^- ^I*^*^ , ■ . opposite 246 

" 1'- R-^-^tangleE opposite 246 

" IS. Mu-rek ., ,,,^ 

opposite 248 

pposite 24S 



11). Sa a 
20. 



T- / I Wt_.JJ^.-.-.. - — 

'^'■)"' opposite 250 



21. Me'rip 
(.ie'nek 



•)•) 



>3. Hoct 



J.) 
24 



, T^ opposite 2. 

:ingle F '^^ . ., 

f opposite 2 



Wa'hsek ""P°^ 



28. Pek""tuL 
29 



31. Rectangle I 

32. Rectangle 



rigiire 1. 



■iM.KT Fic.riti: 

Diagram showing the Vurok idea of the world 
l'I,.\TKS 



riale 1. Trinidad li:i.v from the south 

2. \iews at t lie moutli of Wilson creek 

:{. Panorama of the ninulh of the Klamath river 

Ceremomal placs near the mouth of the Khimath 



4. 



structures useil ceremonially in the 



opposite 252 
252 
54 
54 



^ 1 ,~ opposite - 

>5. Rectangle O ., .,.,, 

„, ,. - .. opposite 2o6 

US. \\eitspus . .-,.„ 

, opposite 2o8 
27. RLrgr 



opposite 
opposite 258 



1 riv I nij . , o^ri 

,, , ,, opposite 260 

Rectangle II ^^ . 

50. Mouth of Redw 1 ,Te..k and v.cnuty -PPO-' " 262 

„ , , T opposite 262 



'""„,,- ... opposite 268 

33. Rectangle K ^^ . 

^ _, opposite 2(0 

34. Tsu'rai 



opposite 266 
268 
opposite 



192 



284 
286 
288 
290 



town of I'ekwan 292 

294 



6 Views in the vicinity of the lish-dam 

7. Supernatural beings in the form of n.cks at the town of Me np LJt. 

8. Scenes at C^e'nek " ' 

i). Scenes at C^e'nek ' 

10 Scenesnear the up-river en.l of Vurok territory -^J- 

1 1 'I'he Trinitv river, the Klamath river, and three Indian towns 304 

1-'' Scenes at WG'itspus: the Klamath river at Segwu' (Somes bar) in ^ 

,. , , .. 306 

Karok territory 

i:{. Coast Vurok sites at the mouth of Redwood creek ^U« 

M. Along the coast : Freshwater lagoon and Stone lagoon 310 

15. Along the coast ■ ' " 

16. View of Trinidad bay and the town of Tsu'rai ■^i"* 



n. %f *). 



1920] Waterman: Ytirok Geography I79 



INTRODUCTION 

The information contained in tliis paper is drawn from a consid- 
erable mass of material recorded by Dr. A. L. Kroeber and myself 
at different times among the Ynrok Indians along the Klamath river 
and in the adjacent region in northwestern California. Tlie list.s of 
houses and place names and the sketch maps illustrating the villages 
were in large jDart worked out by myself during the summer of 1909. 
Dr. Kroeber 's acquaintance with the region and its people began a 
number of years earlier and is much more intimate than my own. 
The present paper represents a pooling of interests, and includes the 
geographical information assembled by both of ns in the course of 
independent work with the tribe. Some of it, perhaps the greater 
part of it, was obtained incidentally in connection with investigations 
along other lines. The maps and diagrams accompanying the text 
were drawn from my original sketches by my wife. 

The principal feature treated in this paper is the distrilnition of 
primitive place names. Several thousands of such names are listed, 
representing probably a fourth, if not a third, of the total number 
known to the Yurok. 

The matter of phonetic symbols for \vriting these Yurok words 
confronts us at the outset. 



ORTHOGRAPHY 

The phonology of Yurok offers some very interesting features. 
The language is not phonetically harsh, and does not seem difficult, 
yet the quality of the sounds is difficult to analyze accurately. There 
is the additional practical difficulty that many Yurok place names are 
now used by the whites and appear on the ordinary maps of tlie region 
in anglicized form. When such names are spelled phonetically their 
identity, for the casual observer, is lost. I have adopted a system of 
representing the sounds which is as strictly phonetic as my knowledge 
makes possible. The difficulty .just mentioned has been obviated by 
showing on the maps both the commonplace and the ]ihonetic s])i'lliiig 
of those Yurok names which are recognized by usage. 

Pronunciation of the names as here written also requires some 
explanation. There are sounds in Yurok which differ so slightly from 



180 



Vniiersity of CaUfornia PuUlcations in Am. Arch, and Elhn. [Vol. 16 



the corresponding sounds of English as to cause some confusion even 
to the would-be phonetician. Such sounds are, for instance, the 
Yiirok r and .v. The Yurok employ r both as a vowel and as a conso- 
nant. The sound has about tlic (|uality of the last two letters of 
English "her," but occurs in unexpected combinations. For example, 
the name r'nr, Blue creek (rectangle C-46), or tsr'ktsryr (rectangle 
E-1, a fishing place above uoxtskum). This "vocalic r" is a favorite 
som'id with the Yurok, who interpolate it in many English words 
according to some esthetic standard of their own. Thus English 
"apples" becomes "rplis." In Yurok words the substitution of this 
vocali.- r foi- other vowels sometimes seems to be connected with slight 
modifications of meaning. Thus me'kweL means a pile, but rar'kwrL, 
a knoll. At the end of a word this sound takes on the character of a 
surd or partly surd r. The Yurok s also is hard for the Caucasian 
to imitate. These Indians have in tlieir own language only one sibi- 
lant, in place of the four which exist in English (s, sh, z, and the zh 
sound which is found in azure). The Yurok sibilant is of a type 
called by various writers cerebi-al, cacununal, or lingual. It differs 
from the English s, among other things, in that the ti|. of the tongue 
is turned up, and that the tip approaches the palate (or more accur- 
ately, the alveolar process) a good deal farther toward tlie rear of the 
mouth cavity than is the case with the English s or sh. I think the 
Yurok sound is essentially an s, but the turning up of the tip of the 
tongue and the general retraction give it sometlimg the quality of the 
English .sh. There is also a sort of whistle or "edge" to the sound 
which is absent in Englisli. To th.' ear the sound has the ettVct some- 
times of s and then, again, of sli. Tlie Yurok, in turn, are completely 
baffled by our English sihilants. For "faee" those Yurok who speak 
English "say something resembling '•feysh," and for wash they often 
say "wass." Our sonant sibilants they disregard, and their English 
plnrals always end in a surd sound. For "eels" the Y'urok says 
"eelse" or "eelsh." 

Ill llie Yurok language IliiM-e are no labio-deiital .sounds, that is, 
tliere is nothing like f or v. They substitute for these latter sounds 
p and 1) in sjieaking Knglisli. This h'ads to difficulties with many 
English words. One eslinialile <ild lady has 1 wo dogs, which she 
clirislene.l respectively Kaiiiiy and Fido. One name she pronounces 
••I'aniiie" ami tiie other " I'ie-dough. " 1 have often wondered why 
slu' chose those inirticular names. Very likely she thinks she pro- 
nounces them correctly. 



1920] Waterman: YuroTc Geography 



181 



A few sounds exist which have no counterparts in English. In 
addition to the surd r already referred to, I might mention surd m, 
surd n, and surd 1. I will not attempt to describe these sounds, which 
are of course very common in Indian languages, except to say that 
they resemble in tongue position the corresponding sounds of English, 
but are made with the breath alone, or with very little help from the 
voice. There are two coutiiniant or fricative .sounds, represented by 
X and g, made with the tongue almo.st in position for English g as in 
good, but not quite touching the palate. One of these continuant 
sounds is surd, the other sonant. "Cracked," or exploded consonants 
(fortis consonants) resembling in tongue position the English conso- 
nants p, t, and k, seem to me to occur. A sound of frequent occur- 
rence in English, though we take little account of it, is what is called 
the glottal stop. This appears when we try to speak two English 
vowels separately. This is very common in Yurok. I have also heard 
at times a k which is made much farther back in the mouth than is 
any English k. It seems to be a weak velar or po.stpalatal surd stop, 
whose position I cannot define at all closely. I have represented it 
by q. In certain names both Dr. Kroeber and myself write this sound 
quite persistently. 

The vowels of Yurok have always seemed to me to be very much 
like the vowels of Engli.sh. The most conspicuous differences are that 
a sound like u in "but" does not occur, and the sound of a as in 
"fat" is not so flat as in English. Dr. Kroeber feels that all vowels 
in Yurok are "open," that is, that such sounds as the e in fete or the 
i in machine do not occur at all. However, I seem to hear the close 
vowels, and so I have written them. The same remark applies to 
consonants; I have written each word as it sounded to me. I am 
suspicious especially of the velar k, the continuant g, and the palatal 
fricative x, all of which may be accidental in certain words, and not 
organic sounds. 

In addition to the regular vowels, whispered vowels sometimes 
occur. The commonest of these is a high-back-rounded vowel (to use 
Sweet's term^), which I have represented with a superior w. It 
might be adequately represented by a superior u. Whispered e and i 
also occur. 

Doubling of vowels and consonants is frequent, and tliis I have 
indicated by a colon following the sound. Occasionally there is a 

1 1908. For this am] all other refereuces to literature see the biljlioijrai)hv 
at the end of the paper. 



182 



Unirrrsily of California PMiration^ in Am. Arrh. and Ethn. [Vol. 16 



curious pause in a word, as mentioned by Dr. Kroeber.^ This I have 
indicated by a phis sign. I tliink it i^epresents an element dropped 
out in eomposition, Init I am unal)le to explain it in detail. 

The Yurok sounds may lie repn-sented in tabular form as follows: 

CONSONANTS 

Srn! FORT.S SUHD SONANT T.VE S.UD SoNANT SuHD SoNANT SuRD SoNANT 

Labitil p 15' ^' '" , 

Alveolar t f s ts N n R r L 1 

Palatal k k' x g 

Velar q 

Aspirations h Semivowels w,y Cllottal stop' Pause + 

VOWELS 



I 1 

e e 

r, R 



u 
o 



Whispered vowels '■ ''' " 

In giving lists of place names, as in the following pages, some 
ali.halietic order is necessary. For various reasons I have abandoned 
the English alphalu'tic order and substituted the following: 

i, e, a, a, r, o, u, w, y, h, (x), p. m, t, s, ts, n, 1 (l), k (<i), g. 

Since capital letters liave been used as special s^'udiols for voiceless 
sounds, Indian proper names are not capitalized as English usage 
would re.iuire. Those native luuiies whieli have lieen Anglicized by 
usage are of course reguhirly capitalized. 



LOCATION OF THE YUKOK 

The Yurok inhabit a ratlief limited area in northwestern Califor- 
nia, lying I'or liie most part in Humboldt county. Compared to the 
size of tile stall' it is a very limited area in.leed (map 1). They occupy 
the lower Ibirty-six miles of the Klamath river, from a short distance 
above the point wiiere tiie Trinity enters it. to the sea, and a somewhat 
longer stretch of seacoast, ivaching nortinvard to Wilson creek, Del 
Norte county, and southward to Trinidad bay, in Hund)ohlt county, 
a distance of forty-two miles. Tin' map shows this area as having a 

■.; IDII. 



19201 



IVaterman: Furok Geography 



183 



more or less polygonal outline. However, tlie Yurok actually occupied 
only the banks of the river and the ocean beach. The places claimed 
by various Yurok families (the privately owned real estate, so to 
speak) are all found close to the river or the sea. The hills lying 
back from the water they utilized for gathering grass seed, acorns, 
and for the pursuit of game ; but private holdings become very scat- 




Map 1. California, showing the location of Yurok territory. 



184 University of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

t.Tfd in going back a few miles, and merge into open counti-y where 
no one exercises any claims of proprietorship. 

Within this small stock two distinct dialectic divisions exist, which 
may be designated according to their habitat as a "river" people and 
a "coast" people. The river division is in every way the more im- 
portant of the two. The coast towns were not so large nor so numerous 
as those along the river, and the coast population probably numbered 
considerably less than half of the river population. The total number 
of houses in the coast towns (excluding re'kwoi, which lies at the 
mouth of the river ) is, according to my information, about one-third 
the number found in the river towns (see p. 206). There was probably 
less traffic up and down the coast than along the stream, and less 
visiting back and forth. This more or less marked isolation is associ- 
ated with the appearance of dialectic variations among the coast towns. 



MODE OF LIFE 

In looking for something which will serve to characterize Yurok 
life, dependence upon water is at once suggested. They had no great 
achievements in the way of navigation, but, on the other hand, were 
vei'v persistent about it in a small way. They preferred canoeing to 
other forms of travel, and their pi-incipal highway was the river. 
Their country is intersected with a large number of trails, many of 
them very ancient : but these trails were not nearly so important in 
commerce and social intei-course as the river. For example, the Yurok 
were much better aciiuainted, and were nnicli more intimate in every 
way, with the Karok, and the Ilupa, who lived above them on the 
river, than they were with the Tolowa, who lived twenty miles up 
the coast. 

Their canoe is a heavy dugout, capable of carrying a cargo of 
several thousand pounds. Though of somewhat clumsy appearance, it 
is really very well designed and is quite light to handle. It is rather 
easily upset, and the Yurok went out to sea only with some misgivings. 
Tiiey paddled all along the clitfs near the harbors, and around all the 
nearer sea rocks, to gather mu.ssels and to hunt sea-lions. In calm 
weatlier they freiiuently voyaged out to Redding rock, wliieli lies six 
niih'S ollshore. This really was a hold feat, for the rock offered no 
slielter, and if a siiuall came up they had to paddle for shore at the 
risk of being swamped. One young fellow who went with a pai'ty to 



1^20] Waterman: Yurok Geography 



185 



hunt sea-lions once climbed to the top of the rock, just to say he had 
done it. A storm came up and his companions could not wait for him 
to descend, so pushed off and left him. Pie was never heard of after- 
ward. Sometimes, when the weather was favorable, the Yurok eanoe^ 
man boldly made the voyage from port to port on the open sea. 

The river, however, was their highway in all seasons, and, more- 
over, was the principal source of food. Their two great staples were 
salmon and acorns, and I think of the two the salmon was the more 
important. The word for salmon is nepu", which means literally 
"that which is eaten." The supply of salmon was obtained during 
the annual run. The deep sea fish, such as halibut and rock cod, they 
seemed to know nothing about, I presume because their canoes were 
not sufficiently seaworthy to enable them to visit the banks. Angling 
with hooks they understood, but the only ocean fish which they took 
in this way were surf fish and smelt, which they caught from the 
beach with throw-lines. To summarize, the Yurok may be described 
as a water-faring folk who are prevented by caution and poor equip- 
ment from being actually sea-faring. 

Interesting religious ideas have become associated with all the 
means of travel. Trails, for example, are "like people," that is, they 
are sentient, and must be treated with urbanity. If you step out of 
a trail and in again, and fail to preserve decorum, the trail becomes 
resentful. Along each important trail there are "resting-places." 
Few of these show on my maps, because I did not travel the trails 
myself, but hundreds of such places are to be found. People when 
traveling kept on in a business-like way until they came to these 
resting-places. There they took off their packs and had a good breath- 
ing spell. If they did differently they were likely to have bad luck. 
The resting-places are invariably very pleasant spots. In this custom 
the Indians show the knowledge of experts. Five minutes' rest with 
the pack off in the shade is, of course, worth more in preventing fatigue 
than an hour of loitering along a trail. Here and there in the Yurok 
country are large trees into which parties of travelers shot arrows, 
as an offering for good luck on the trail. I never heard of any trick 
for shortening the trail such as some tribes have, but, on the other 
hand, medicine formulas are said to exist for lightening the traveler's 
burden, thus having the same effect. One Indian, now deceased, is 
said to have known songs which he sang before starting on a day 's 
journey. After that, load and all, he felt "light," and could walk 
far without fatigue. 



186 University of Calif ornia PHhtications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

The boat came in for a lar^e share of religions regard. If a 
person beached his boat carelessly, or bumped it against the rocks, he 
would not live long. Canoes were sj^oken to, especially in dangerous 
places, and urged to bold up an.l do their l)est. After a boat had 
t,een appealed to in this way and roused up, it fairly leaped ("look 
like he jump." the Indians say). When out on the ocean frequent 
use was' made of songs and formulas to keep from capsizing. Siich 
songs had the effect of keeping the wat.'r smooth. The old Indian 
spoken of above had ten songs, along with a myth story of a family 
of ten breakers, all brothers. On one occasion this old man had to 
convey a dead body from o'inen, north of the river-mouth, to one of 
the river towns. The Yui'ok are afraid both of corpses and of the 
ocean, but, trusting in his songs, this old man boldly put to sea with 
the body and conv.-yed it safely into the mouth of the river. This 
saved a' weary journey with a hundred and Hfty pounds of deceased 
Indian over the mountains. Other Indians say they would not have 
tried it, fearing that the presence of the eor])se would raise a squall. 

In material culture the Yurok ar.' i)raetieally identical with their 
neighbors, and their relations with th.'m seem to have been somewhat 
free and easy, in spite of tlie fact that I lie languages are different. 
The river system was not only a highway for the Yurok but up and 
down its length there was a good deal of intertribal traffic an.l un- 
limited visiting. For religious -eremonies especially people were 
likely to gather from a number of ••foreign" places, traveling some- 
times over considerable distances. The Yurok thus know a good deal 
of country besides their own. They even assign Yurok names to all 
the important places in tlu' territory of their neighbors. They are 
not peculiar in this, for the Ilupa, to go no further, do exactly the 
same thing. Thus it hapi)ens that each important place inside Yurok 
territory an<l outside has a s.-ries of names, in three or four different 
languages. Sometimes these paraphrase each other, but often they 
se.-m to be totally independent in the different tongues. The distri- 
bution of Yurok names outside of Yurok territory is indicated roughly 
on the accompanying map (map 2). These Yurok names indicate 
that Ihe wliole world, so far as the Yurok knew it intimately, was 
about one Inmdred and fifty miles in greatest diameter. This was 
e(iuivalent to ten or twelve days' journey by canoe, going up-stream. 
I'.eyond the limits thus set, the Yurok knew vaguely that other tribes 
of human beings existed, but he did not consider that there were 
many such Iribes. His conception was that the boundary of the world 
was not far beyond the area of wbieb he kn,'W the place names. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted a 

future date. 



1920] Waterman: Turok Geograplii/ ]87 

NOTES ON MAP 2 
Places in Toloua Territory 

2. noro'rpeg. A town. 

3. hine'i. A very important Tolow.i town, referred to as "Smith river" by the 

Indians who speak English. 

4. lo'gen-o'L, translated "fish-weir lies." Whether the name refers to a structure 

or a myth I do not know. 

6. tolo'q". An important town, located on Pond's ranch. This town name orig- 

inates the term "Tolowa," applied to the whole tribe. 

7. pe'k^tsu. A rock lying four miles from Crescent City. A lighthouse now 

occupies the summit. Several myths refer to this great crag. One accoinit 
says that it is one-half of a pestle which an Orleans girl threw at her brother, 
Root-boy. The other half is the rock sekwona', six miles offshore, opposite 
the mouth of Redwood creek (see p. 261. No. 21). Another myth says that it is 
part of a gigantic horned serpent (kne'woleg, see p. 233) which was killed 
at Re'kwoi. 

8. ko'hpi. A very important place, near the present county seat of Del Norte 

county, Crescent City. 

9. misti'ks. A small Indian settlement. 

10. rL. This is the name of a lagoon south of Crescent City, and an Indian town on 

its shore. 

11. neke'L. Place on the beach. 

12. o-sme'tsken, translated "where chipmunk." A town about six miles south of 

Crescent City. 

Places in Karolc. Territory 

13. iiko'nileL. An important town, near the present Happy Camp. This was a 

"boom" town in the days of 1849 and 18.50, for placer deposits were discovered 
in the vicinity, which soon worked out, however. Since then the white jjopu- 
lation has steadily diminished. The Indians celebrated here a religious cere- 
mony spoken of as " Indian New Year," evidently named by analogy with the 
"Chinee New Year," a season observed with much festivity by the Chinese 
coolies who used to work the placers in this region. 

14. ayo'omok. A place addressed in a medicine formula for purification after touch- 

ing a corpse (see p. 231, no. 43). 

15. rii'yoik. A town, the Karok ayis. 

16. ha'Lkutsor, translated apparently "back-from-the-water." A town, near a place 

called at the present time Bucket Ranch. 

17. posl'r. A place near what is now called Cottage Grove. A myth tells that a 

certain large boulder was removed by supernatural means from this spot to a 
place far down-river, at the mouth of Blue creek, in Yurok territory (see 
p. 238, No. 68). 

18. apye'". An Indian settlement. 

19. tsano'L. A town. 

20. me'leg-oL, translated apparently "offal lies." A place. 

21. tunoiyoL. A town. 

22. higwone'k, apparently to be translated "up-hill at." A town. 

23. sege'». A town, the Karok katimin. This town was in myth times the abode 

of a number of evil beings. Four dances were celebrated here, the "deerskin 
dance," the "jumping dance," the "brush dance," and the "puberty dance." 
Just across the river towers up a great crag called by the Yurok se'gwu- 
te'ktani, translated "at-se'gwu-standing." The Karok call it auitc. Upon 
it certain supernatural hawks are believed to live. The rock is mentioned in 
the myth "the theft of water." 



188 



Vnivcrsity of California Publications in Anu Arch, and Etiin. [Vol. 16 



24. e'nek. A town, the Karok amaikiara. 

25. nia"a. A town on Salmon river. The work ma"a in Yurok means "not." 

26. .sepola', translated "prairie." A town, on Salmon river (cf. no. 46). 

27. keskiL. A town on Salmon river. 

28. ke'per, translated apparently "house-pits." .\ town. 

29. nii'astok. A town. 

30. we'tsets. A town. 

31. ko"omen. A town, near the present Orleans bar. A rock at this pomt, called 

by the Yurok qeqo'xtau, is one of ten beings addressed in a medicine formula 
for purification after a death (see p. 231, no. 43). 

32. o-le'gcL. A town, at the mouth of Camp creek. 

33. o-pr'gr. A town at the mouth of Red Cap creek. 

Places in Hupa Territory 

35. o-knu'L. A town, the northernmost in Hupa valley (cf. no. 55). 

36. rgr'its, translated "sweat-house." A town, the Hupa raisktit. 

37. qr'rivr. A hill, called by the whites Socktish, after a Hupa place name. 

38. o-ple'go. A town, the Hupa takimiLding ("Hostler ranch"). 

39. qa'xteL. A town, called by the whites "Captain John's rancheria." 

41. pyii'ageL. A town. 

42. petso'". A town, the southernmost of the large places in Hupa valley, the Hupa 

djictanadin. 

43. wo'xtui. A town, the Hupa xaslindin, called by the whites "Sugar Bowl." 

Places in Chilula Territory 

44. o-tle'p. A Redwood or Chilula town, called in the local dialect Xowunnakut. 

This place is about four miles from the mouth of Redwood creek, and is the 
farthest down-stream of the Chilula settlements. 

Places in Wiyot Territory 

45. ko'hso. Town at the mouth of Mad river. 

46. sepora', translated "prairie." A town (cf. no. 26). 

47. tegwo'L. A town. 

48. pe'gwe. A town. 

49. we'skwenet-o-tna'". .\ town. 
.50. enikole'L. A town. 

51. r'trqr. A town. 

52. tepa'axk. A town. 

53. o-lo'g, translated "where-it-floats." A town on C.unther's Island, just m front 

of the city of Eureka. 

54. hi'kets. A town. 

55. o-knu'L. A town (cf. no. 35). 

56. weyo'. A town. 

57. pi'miii. A town. 
5S. leple'n. .\ town. 
59. iiyo'. A town. 

Tlie location ol' tlu' I'ollowing plact-s is iiiicertain : 

In Tolowa Territory 
kna'uwi. A place on the beach north of Crescent City. 



1920] Waterman: ¥urok Geography 189 

In Karok Territory 

opyu'weg, translated "where they dance." A town "above Orleans." 

Very likely this is another term for ako'nilet. 
humawr'. A place two days' journey above enek. 
o-ra'", translated "where it drops." A rock, addressed in the purification ceremony. 

This rock was one of ten beings who tried to prevent death from coming into the 

world (see p. 231, no. 43). The Karok name is ikvinik. 
kaseguvaiu, a Karok name. A rock, just above o-rii'" (see preceding entry). 
qa'ales. A rock. One of ten beings who tried to prevent death (see preceding entry) . 
o-pegoi'. A town at or near Red Cap Creek. 
Q-tskrgru'n. A rock, one of ten beings who tried to prevent death (see preceding 

entry). It is close by hi'g^-onek, (no. 22). 
wetsetsqa's. A boulder in the river. Possibly one of the ten beings mentioned above. 

It lies just above we'tsets village (no. 30). 
o-kwe'go, translated "where they always shoot." An "arrow tree" (see p. 230, no. 

30; also p. 249, no. 59). 

In Hupa Territory 

o-tr'pr. A cold spring, far up the Trinity River. According to a myth this is the 

place where obsidian "grew" (came into existence), 
hoo'n-o-tep, translated ". . . . where it stands." A place up the Trinitj' river above 

Hupa. 
mr'pr. A town in Hupa valley, below rgr'its (no. 36). 

petso'-hiqo'. A place in Hupa valley, across the river from petso'" (no. 42). 
tse'max. A mountain at the foot of Hupa valley, on the eastern side. The whites 

call it Rock mountain. 

In Chilula Territory 

rooke'tsu. Place on Redwood creek, 
qwe'ixtsr. A place in the Bald hills, 
o-yegos. A place on Redwood ridge, 
kegwe'tu. A butte in the Bald hills. 



GEOGRAPHICAL CONCEPTS 

The Yurok imagines himself to be living on a flat extent of land- 
scape, which is roughh- circular and surrounded by ocean. By going 
far enough up the river, it is believed that "you come to salt water 
again." In other words, the Klamath river is considered, in a sense, 
to bisect the world. This whole earth-mass, with its forests and 
mountains, its rivers and sea cliffs, is regarded as slowly rising and 
falling, with a gigantic but imperceptible rhythm, on the heaving 
primeval flood. The vast size of the "earth" causes you not to notice 
this quiet heaving and settling. This earth, therefore, to their minds 
is not merely surrounded by the ocean but floats upon it. At about 
the central point of this "world" lies a place which the Yurok call 
qe'nek, on the southern band of the Klamath, a few miles below the 



190 Viniersity of California Piihlicalioio^ in Am. Airh. and Ethn. [Vol. 10 

point where the Trinity eonies in tVdui th,' south (see rectangle E-137). 
No Indian ever told me in plain woi'ds that this was the eenter of the 
worhl hut this seems to he the i,lea. Tims numerous mythical tales 
center here, and here the eultur,. he,-o "Rrew" out of nothing, back 

in the mvth days. 

At this locality also the sky was made. A character called 
we'sona-me'getoL, "world-maker," fashioned the empyrean vault after 
the maimer and pattern of a fish-net. Little else seems to be known 
of this deity. He plays no further part in myths. The story tells 
in detail huw he took a rope and laid it down in an enormous circle, 
leaving one end loose at a crtain place among the hills. Traveling 
off in a gigantic circuit and coming around from th.' south to the 
same spot again, he joined tli. two ends nf the rope together. Then 
for .hivs he journeyed ha.-k and forth over the hills, tilling in and 
knotting the strands across eaeh other. Tlie song he sang to accom- 
pany his labors is still sung liy \>rn\Ao who work on tish-nets or netted 
earrving-bags. When tlie sky-net was .•omplete, the hero took liold 
of it in two places an.l '■ threw it u|).-' As it sailed aloft it became 
s,.lid, an.l now stretches over us as tli,' great blue sky. Above this 
solid sky there is a sky-country, wo'uoiyik. about the topography of 
whirl, th.' Yurok's ideas aiv almost as definite as are his ideas of 
south. -rn M.'ii.l.vino c.iuiity, f.>r instaiuv. Down-stivam from ((.-'nek, 
at a pla.-.. eall.-.l .|,.'ii.'k-pul. ■•((.■'n.'k-.lown-stream" fs.'e ivctangle 
E-ll(ii, is an invisibl.' la.l.l.T 1. 'a. ling up t.. th.' sky-.'muitry. A great 
,„„„1,..,- of ■■myth p.'opl,." wh.i lonn.'ily .■.lugregated at qe'nek, quite 
fiv.|U.'iitlv wnt up this la.l.l.T U> wateh shinny games in the sky- 
.•ountrv. Th.- la.l.h'r is still th<,ught to ]»■ there, though no one to 
,ny knowle.lg.- has b.-.-n u|. it ,ve,.utly. Tim sky-vault is a very d.'tinite 
it.'iu ill tli.> Vur.ik's cosmi.' si'lcm.-. 

In th.-ir tli.-.,ry this sky just .h.s.'rib.Ml was eoustructed so as to 
,.,„„, down int., th.. o.-..an. all tli.^ way ar.mn.l. It li.-s far out, away 
|-,.,„n laii.l. Th.. pow.-rs win. .I.vI.I.mI su.'h matters arrangv.i that it 
shoul.l iH.t h.. in a state of r.'st, Imt sh.uil.l mov.' up an.l .lown. It 
..ontinually ris.'S and i,lungvs .I.avii again int.. th.^ s.-a ; h.mce the 
roU.M-s whi.-h wash up on \hr worl.l's sh.ires. If you pa.hlh' far out 
^^\u^rr \Ur sky .•..m.^s .lowu I., th.^ wal.T, it is p.'rfectly possihh^, by 
,.„„utiiig oir'lh.' lifting an.l l.iw.Tiug. t.. slip tlirmigh underneath. 
This is th.. way I" g.'t iul<> the ivgions h.y.m.l th.- sky. The geese 
have a sp.Mual .xit ..f tli.'ir own. a '■sky-hol.'.'' a roun.l opening wli.'re 
IIh.v .■nt.-r an.l h'av,' this w.irl.l. Th.>y sp.'u.l part ..f .•a.'b s.-ason in 



1920] Ji'aterman: Ytirok Geography 191 

outer space beyond the sky. When flock after flock of geese sail ovei-- 
head toward the northwest they are headed for this opening. The 
structure, if I may so call it, consisting of the sky dome and the flat ex- 
panse of landscape and waters which it incloses, is known to the Yurok 
as ki-we'-sona (literally "that-which-exists"). I may repeat that the 
sky overhead is to the Indian as real and as concrete as is the earth 
he treads on. This sky, then, together with its flooring of landscape, 
constitutes "our world." I used to be puzzled at the Yurok confusing 
eartli and sky, telling me, for example, that a certain gigantic red- 
wood tree (see rectangle C-34) "held up the world." Their ideas 
are of course perfectly logical, for the sky is as much a part of the 
' ' world ' ' in their sense as the ground is. 

The Yurok believe that passing under the sky edge and voyaging 
still outward you come again to solid land. This is not our world, 
and mortals ordinarilj^ do not go there; but it is good, solid land. 
What are breakers over here are just little ripples over there. Yonder 
lie several regions. To the north (in our sense) lies pu'lekiik, down- 
stream at the north end of creation. A supernatural being called 
qa-pu'loiyo (a gambling device) seems to be the presiding genius 
there. "In the beginning" there lived in his company a supernat- 
ural being called pu'leku-kwe'rek, "At-the-north-end-of -creation 
sharp-one." He came to "our" world and cleared it of all monsters 
and evil beings. ' ' South ' ' of pii'lekuk lies tsi'k-tsik-ol, ' ' money lives, ' ' 
where the dentalium-shell, medium of exchange, has its mythical abode. 
Again, to the south there is a place called kowe'tsik, the mythical 
home of the salmon, where also all have a "house." About due west 
of the mouth of the Klamath lies rkrgr', where lives the culture-hero 
wo'xpa-ku-ma", "across-the-oeean that widower." After a varied ca- 
reer here, he was taken wo'xpa, "across the sea," by a skate who tricked 
him through assuming the form of a woman. Every night "over 
there" in rkrgr' "they" have a deerskin dance. The frogs on sunnner 
evenings can be heard going down the Klamath in a canoe from far 
up-rivci', talking and laughing. The canoe is invisible, but you can 
hear it pass along with its cheerful crew. They go down the river 
and across the ocean and under the sky-edge, to see the deerskin dance 
in rkrgr' ; and they come home again early every morning. 

Still to the south of rkrgr' there lies a broad sea, kiolaapopa'a, 
which is half pitch — an Algonkian myth idea, by the way. All of these 
solid lands just mentioned lie on the margin, tlie absolute rim of 
things. Beyond them the Yurok does not go even in imagination. 



102 



Viiin'mity of California Fahlications in Am. Arch, and Etini. [Vol.16 



In the opposite direction, he names a place pe'tskuk, " up-river-at, " 
wliicli is the iipjier "end" of the river but still in this world. He 
does not seem to concern himself much with the topography there, 
and I know no further details. 

Below our world is an underworld, tso'r :ek, a sort of cellar, of 
undetermined extent. This is the world of the dead, and is con- 
nected with "our" world. The dead are said to go to a lake. After 
going round and round and about they go down through this water 
into the underworld. Two widely separated ]ioints were mentioned 
to me as tile very sjiot where the souls go down (rectangle I, location 



^^■|06aR^'o^ '^'^'Vf-ffV^- • . 




pi^skaL 

OCjEAN 



Fig. 1. Diaf^riini showing the Yurok idea of tlic world. 



1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 193 

uncertain, also plate 4). I am uncertain whether the Yurok believes 
there are two such places or not. They are loath to discuss this subject. 
The Yurok 's conception of the world he lives in may be summed 
up in the accompanying diagram (fig. 1). This was not drawn by 
a native ; I pieced it together myself from various allusions and 
references. 

DIRECTION TERMS 

The Yurok direction and position terms enter into the place names 
to some extent, and the ideas involved differ sufficiently from ours to 
warrant explaining in some detail. The Yurok 's conceptions of direc- 
tions are quite different from our own. It is certain that they have 
no idea of our cardinal points north, east, south, and west. Instead, 
their world is bisected by the river ; and the fundamental concepts 
are 'pcfs, "up-river," and ■piil. "down-river." The river is rather 
crooked, and hence pets may stand for almost anything in our termin- 
ology. The river enters the ocean after following a northwesterly 
course, and for this or for some other reason ' ' down-stream " ( " pul ' ' ) 
is applied to the direction north along the coast. Their "down- 
river" by an extension of the term, or of the idea, is equivalent to 
our "up the coast." Pulukuk, "down-river-at," as the name of a 
mythical place, would be paraphrased in English "at the north of 
everything"; for there is nothing whatever beyond it. 

There exists in Yurok a term hirq, which is often, but not always, 
associated with the region north of the river. I have the feeling that 
it applies rather to the region than to the direction. It is sometimes 
translated by Indian informants (who speak very imperfect English) 
as "around in back," with a sweeping gesture northward. I may 
advance the opinion that in essence its implication is away from the 
river and a long way from it. A second word, pr'kwr, whose literal 
meaning seems to be "behind" or "in rear," is very frequently used 
with reference to the south. It is also used in defining positions within 
a village, or inside of a house, where the idea of direction in our sense 
is almost certainly not involved. 

I can say definitely that in paddling down a twenty-mile stretch 
of river, as the current bears the canoe first in one direction, then in 
another, around promontories and down rapids, an Indian will almost 
box the compass in pointing "pul," or "hIrq," for he has the cotirse 
of the river channel as his fundamental idea, to which the others are 
relative. 



194 Univrrsity of CiiUfornia Puhlicationx in Am. Arch, tiiid Etiin. [\'ol. 16 

The following list of (lircctioii terms and geographical expressions 
is not exhaustive, but it contains a number of elements very fre(|uently 
used, and nuiy be of service from the eoniijai'ative standpoint. P^or 
the aliihabetic oi-der in the following list see jiage 182. 

we" ki, "this-ut," here. pr'wr, pr'kwr, iu rear of, in back. 

rii'qen, rii'qau, weri'qen, at tlie edge of. mcL, from (also as a preposition, with, by 

re'grivonek. re'f!:wonau, at tlic end of. means of). 

rii'yip, on thi' other sitle of. sots, on top of. 

wo, wo'gi, in the middle. so'lekuk, down-hill. 

wo'gik, inside. te'gwolaw, oceanward dnskii'L is the 

wo'i)o, wohpi. iu the water ipaa is the noun for ocean). 

noun, water). te'kti, close, 

won. wo'nek. wn'naii. woneks, aliove, to'lil, cro.sswise. 

up (overhead). tso'leu, down-hill, 

yo, near you. tso'arek, in the ground, 

hir. liirq, liehind. n:i"nik, on the other side of the hill, 

he'si, further. ke'Lkus, facing backward, 

he'i.qau, away from the water, back; kcs, down below. 

when on the sea, he'Lqau means ashore, kye"', kyek"', kye'kwin, yonder (probably 
poi, at the head of, ahead. "not visible"), 

pets, pe'tsik, pe'tskus, up-river. ko, acro.ss. 
pul, pu'lik, pu'luk. down-river. 

Such cli'ineiits as the abovi^ are often eoinbiiu'd with an eh'Hient hi-. 
Its nii'aiiing seeius to lie <-itlier "visible" or "a short distance,"' I 
am unable to determine wliicli. 

Tlie following hi- forms have bi'en I'ncoimtered. With these slioidd 
be e(im|iared liiiio'n, long ago, he'gwoni, at first. 

higwo'n. above. hime'n, aiound. 

higwo'p. ni the water. hil.so', down-lull. 

hira'm, not translat<'d. hiyo'k, there. 

liipe'ts, up-river. hino's, behind. 

hipu'r (cf. pull down-river. hiqo', across. 

hinie'u, under. hike's, belcjw (on a slope). 

'I'he fonnwiiig ;iri> soirie of the commonest geographical e.xpressioiis : 

e'"po, salt water. mr'kwrL. a knoll. 

cme'i.nok, where tr.ails meet. nirkwrnu''kweL, a "bar" (a submerged 

eqo'weL, acorn-groimds. barrier in the river). 

olole'q", village. fegoi ye"we, a promontory. 

oke'go, rapiils. tc'po, steep, upright, tree. 

oke'to, lake, lagoon, flat. ti'kwo, a cove. 

oke'ge, where trail goes over. syo'hpiL, a "slide." 

otse'gep. landing i>lace. sr, cr'm', tributary, affiuent. 

otsa'i., sand bar beach. tsege'hken, a low clitT. 

osmeino'ui., osyoh, " wher<> it slides," tse'kweL, flat in front of a clilT, a "bench." 

laud slide (cf. syohpii.i. tsu'rai, a mountain. 

owe'gr, spring. nuu'hjirk, fork of a creek. 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 195 

okne'"', high. ni'qr, limit of snaring rights, boundary, 

upqwr'i, a small (?) creek. krtsr', ridge (the expression ukrtsr,' "one 
ro'opi, a cliff. ridge," is the ordinary term meaning 

wiroi', creek (sometimes given as upkwr'i). "a short distance"). 

ye'gwoL, earthquake. kerno-rnr' kwr'L, peak of mountain, 

haa'g ro'otswegen, " rocks always an- qeto'x siL, a flat. 

swer," echo. keyaweyu's, entrance from ocean into 
piska'L, ocean. lagoon. 



PLACE NAMES 

]\Iy impre.ssion i.s that local geography seems to mean rather more 
to the Yurok than is ordinarily the case with Indian tribes. The 
Yurok have a very large number of local names. The names listed 
herewith could readily be doubled if an investigator were to put in 
the necessary time and effort. In certain areas the separate place 
names crowd so thickly that it is difficult to find space for them on a 
map (see, for example, rectangle E, p. 246). In their nomenclature 
certain principles are very clearly visible, which it is interesting to 
point out, particularly with reference to those features in wliich the 
Yurok practice differs from our own. 

The places having names exhibit in themselves a good deal of 
variety; for example, a place name in a given case may become at- 
tached to a flat of thirty acres, or to a village site, or to a boulder the 
size of a steamer trunk, or to a few elderberry bushes, or to a single 
tan-oak tree, while vast numbers of such places have no proper names 
at all. The spots which are "named" are to be found, in the great 
majority of eases, along the edge of the stream. In a sense, my maps 
showing place names are misleading, for I myself went along the river 
in a canoe, and naturall.v most readily secured the names of the 
places close at hand. I am, however, perfectly certain of the general 
fact. What place names are current in the hills away from the river 
show a marked disposition to group themselves along the important 
trails. Wherever possible I have indicated these trails on the maps, 
but I am unable to go into this matter systematically. The hills are 
not, however, so devoid of place names as they seem to be on glancing 
at the maps. I may remark also that many place names occurring 
in localities far removed from the river refer indirectly to some locality 
or landmark which is at the very edge of the stream. I believe that 
the map indicates fairly well the way in which the independent names 
crowd at the edge of the water. On the coast the same rule holds. 



196 Uiiivrrtiity of Cnlifornia ruhlicntioiis in Am. Arch, uiiil Ellin. [ \'oi. Ifi 

A sea-stack tlie size of a ])iano will have a name, while a hill of two 
thousand feet elevation has none. 

In our own practice stream names are considered fundamental. 
When a eountry is explored or newly charted the streams are named 
first. I should consider stream names the most important of all geo- 
graphical luuiies for us. The "i'ui'ok, speaking now in geni-ral terms, 
treat streams very differently. There is nothing which can be called 
a name for their main river, a fact which is not in itself surpi'ising, 
for it is for them the "only" river. P>ut, with a few i-.xci-ptions, 
there are also no names foi' its tributaries. I do not mean tliat the 
Yurok never refer to the streams, but that the tei'iu aindied to the 
stream is the name of some place on it, or at its mouth. Such a stream 
as ]-;iui' cri'ck, for e.\am]ilc (I'ectanglc C-45), which in many regions 
would be looked upon as a moderately large I'iver, is called r'lir wroi', 
r'nr being the village-site just west of its mouth. Tuley creek (rect- 
angle E-138) is eallecl Oke'go wroi, "Rapids" creek, the name refer- 
ring to the gi'eat rajiids in tlie main i-iver. near whei'e the creek enters. 
E.xamples of this trick of nomenclature eouhl be supidied (kJ liliiliiin. 

Some excejitions to this general rule should be pointed out. There 
are a few cases in which the sti'eam nami' is c|eseri|it ive of the streaui. 
The Trinity river is called hu'pa-sr, that is, "lliipa aftluent." It 
flows for the last few uiiles of its eoui'se througli the valley inhabited 
by tills tribe of Imlians. A stream known to the whites as Bluff creek 
(rectangle G-44), in reference to numerous ])recipices on both the uuun 
stream and its tributaries, is called by (lie Indians tsi'poi wroi', tsl'poi 
meaning "steep." A small stream on the coast (rectangle B-28) runs 
for ])art of its course uudergrouuil. I think a hillside slid in over its 
channel, le:i\ing the crei'k to find its way through the debris. It is 
called Ike'lik wi'oi', "enrtli" creek, or ground creek. Soiiu' sfi'eam 
names refer to mytliical beliefs connected with the water itself. A 
brooklet above o'segen (I'ectangle U-Ki) is called sme'id-iitur. "tooth- 
less." There are su|iernatural intlui'iu'cs assigned to it, and anyone 
wiio drinks flu- wafer loses his tei'lh. A snuill creek, one and a half 
miles lielow nine creek, mentioned aliove, flows in a gull,v which was 
made li,\' file crawling of a gigantic hornecl serpent. The stream 
(i'ectangle ('-:!;{) is called ma'"a-spri, "nevi'r driiU<." Sueh names are 
obviously appliecl directly to the stream itself. 

In some eases a sti'eam name appeal's on the map. while the ])laee 
name, fi'(}iri wliicli it originated, does not. The i-easoiis foi' this situ- 
ation are various. The investigator in(piires vei'y eai'cfnlly for all 
creek names. parfl,\', I suppose, because the creeks are not i-eadily 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography ■ 197 

overlooked, most of them appearing on the commercial maps which 
are likely to be in his pocket. Place names which are applied to 
boulders, or small flats or clumps of buckeye trees, are, on the other 
hand, very easily missed. My maps, therefore, fail to illustrate with 
absolute fidelity what I nevertheless know to be a fact. 

I remarked a moment ago that in exploring a country we name 
the streams first of all. We also apply names conscientiously to 
the elevations. A glance at the map of any state in the Union will 
show a great number of "named" mountains and hills. In this 
respect also the Yurok's interest is very different from our own. 
Broadly speaking, he does not name a whole mountain. A name 
maj' seem to the investigator to be applied to a mountain, but in 
most cases it will be found to designate some one particular spot 
on it. In explanation I may mention the case of two mountains. 
One of them. Rivet Mountain to the whites, lies near the upper end 
of the. Yurok territory. It is a big cone-shaped elevation, lying in a 
great bend of the Klamath and culminating in a peak some 3.500 feet 
in height. It is a conspicuous laudmai-k for great distances (see pi. 7, 
rectangle G-2), and plays a picturesque role in myth. The name 
seems to be ke'wet. I have reason to believe, however, that this is 
really the name of one "myth" village, invisible to mortal eyes, which 
lies on a terrace on its upper slopes. Similarly, there is in what 
are called by the whites the Bald hills, a great grass-covered butte, 
which I understood the Indians to refer to as an'kau (rectangle H-36). 
Closer inquiry seems to indicate that this term is the name of one 
particular spot on the mountain slope in front of a cliff where there 
is an echo. The Indian belief is that one goes there and "shouts" 
for supernatural help, and that the echo response tells whether or not 
the supernatural beings are favorable. I feel perfectly sure that, 
whether or not every mountain is nameless, the Yurok does not apply 
names to mountains or to regions on the scale that we do. He applies 
place names with meticulous care to a vast number of definite spots 
and objects, but the larger features of the relief and the drainage 
system go practically unnamed. 

Certain descriptive elements occur very commonly in the place 
names mentioned by Indians. The commonest of these are pul, ' ' down- 
stream," pets, "up-stream," already mentioned, higwon, "at a higher 
elevation" (above, in the sense of above on a hillside), and hicjo, 
"across from." Let us say that a boulder at the edge of the river 
has a name connected with some myth. Let us assume, which is often 
the case, that this rock is known by its own proper name to every 



19S riiiy(r.s,ty of Colifoniia Publicatioiifi in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

ludian on the river. A place a short distance up-stream, and another 
in a similar position down-stream, a jilace across the river, and places 
up on the hill-slopes on both sides of the river, are known variously 
as •■up-stream from" or -'down-stream from"' or ■■ opposite" or 
■•above" this particular rock. In this way four or five additional 
place terms ar<' often manufactured. For example, one of the places 
■■called upon" in a certain medicine-fonuula which purifies people 
after contact with a corpse, is na'giL-hiqo'wone'ti^-^. ^'up-hill from 
opposite xa'giL" (rectangle C-iS). The Yurok feels this particular 
compound expression as a proi)er name, and does not reflect upon its 
derivative characters. We too, of course, have compound expressions, 
sueh as East Orange and West Seattle, which we use as independent 
place names. In the following lists I include all expressions which I 
found to be actually funetioning as the names of places. 

Though this difficulty in sei>arating proper names from descriptive 
expressions is not new, I should like to discuss it further and illustrate 
it from another standpoint. There is in Yurok an element, o-, pre- 
fixed to stems, which nmkes what is substantially a locative. For 
examph'. o-Lkc'loL, ■■on the ground," •'o-ka'poliL." in the brush, 
o-we'sonu. cmtdooi-s. literally, in the world (see above, p. 191). Pre- 
fixed to a verb stem it gives an expression meaning where something 
stands, oi- lies, or gi'ows, or what not. Whether such a descriptive 
expression constituti^s a in'ojx'r name or not depends somewhat on the 
point of view. The following are examples: 

j;-Pj.y Place Xame 

keto, flat, level o-ke'to. A body of water called Bi;; lagoon. The term 

seems to mean "where the water is flat or calm" (rect- 
anfile I-'26i. 

o-keto'k. Name of the flat hilltop above pek"utuL 
(rectangle G-4S). 
sloits, to iia.-s downward o-slegoi'ts. "Where people always pass downward." 
.\ name applied to varioas places where trails are down 
declivities (rectangles D-9^2, D-142, G-.59, map 22i. 
o-slo'q". "Where it comes down." A town on Big 
lagoon (rectangle 1-22). 
kcgo. to pass over and o-ke'go. Name for the rapids at qe'nek (map 22). 

y,i,l down o-kege'i. Where the trail is over a sharp hog-back south 

of Stone lagoon (rectangle 1-1.3). 
knetkcn, arrow-point o-kne'get. "Where people customarily get arrow- 

jioints." A name for various cliffs and rocks (rectangles 
A-6t>, B-1, ,1-6, K-.^7). 
stsep, to land, disembark o-stsegep. Name for various places near towns where 
boats are beached (rectangles A-36, A-47, K-30, etc.). 
Name also for a place on the coast (rectangle B-23), 
which is always "smooth," where people voyaging along 
the coast can land when squalls come up. 



1920] JJ'aterman: Turok Geography 199 

There are about five hundred expressions involving this prefix in 
the lists below. I can only say that while they certainly are descrip- 
tive they seem to be felt by the Yurok as proper names. 

What has been said above refers to names that are readily analyzed. 
On the other hand, many geographic names have defied all my at- 
tempts at analysis. Greater knowledge of the language than I possess 
would probably lead to success with most of them, but it is worthy 
of remark that at the present time many of them puzzle the Indians 
themselves. They often say that words and expressions used as place 
names are intentionall.y modified, or distorted, explaining that other- 
wise the listener could not di.stinguish place names from common 
nouns. The Yurok readily suiiply examples of tliis practice. I pre- 
sume the real explanation in most cases is that place names often 
preserve old forms, which have either dropped out of ordinary speech 
or have become modified by the wear and tear of daily usage. The 
following are examples of this "modification" of stems in place names: 

Stem Place Name 

tla, to drip o-tia'". Where it drips. Name for various places where 

water trickles over a cliff (rectangles D-119, E-72, G-41, 

J-.37). 

o-trega'. Rectangle E-56. 

o-trii'hko. A cave at Trinidad, where water drips from 

the roof. 

o-tregworu'. Rectangle 0-8. 

o-tlewolu'L. Rectangle H-2. 
woxkero, pepperwood wohke'ro. Name of an important town (rectangle D-25). 

wo'ke'l. Name of a down-river town (rectangle B-.39). 

awoxqe'la. Name of a house in pe'k"tuL (map 28, no. 3). 

Place names are often shortened in composition, or become other- 
wise modified. Whether or not this modification is due to the dropping 
otf of endings I cannot .say. The following are a few examples : 

Ordinary Place Name Form Used in Composition 

we'itspus Frank haM wets ki nu wei 

Frank says Weitspus about to by travelling go. 

(Frank says he is going to go to Weitspus). 

ko'hpe, a Tolowa town, kos-nin. Crescent City divorced, the nickname of a 

Crescent City woman who was formerly married to a Crescent City man. 

pe'kwan pe'kwis-nina, at-pe'kwan divorced. Name of a woman 

formerly married into pe'kwan. 
la'yeq"', by the trail, Uts-oma. Name applied to a girl bought from the house 

a house name lii'yeq"' in Crescent City. 

la's-son. Nickname for Billy Brooks at rekwoi, half- 
married into the house called la'yeq" in that town, 
mc'rip mc'ri-tsus. Involved in a scandalous affair at me'rip, 

nickname for a white man living with a me'rip woman. 



200 Viiircrsity (if Cdlifornia Publicationf: in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [\o\.\Q 

Geograpliy and myth among the Yurok are closely associated. 
Mythical stories are frequently localized very definitely. The Yurok 
believe, like the Ilupa. that in myth-tinics the country was inhabited 
by "immortals" (\vo':ge in Yurok, corresponding to the Hupa 
klxunai''). These wo' :gr' are the actoi's in most of the mythical tales. 
When tile Indians appeared they either tui'ned into animals or left 
the counti'v. I'laee names continually' i'<'l'er to these mythical pi'ede- 
cessors of tlie Indians. Anything and evei'ything that ]nizzles the 
Indian is ascribed to these wo'ige. Old village sites, whei'c the Indian 
recognizes house-jiits oi' natui'a! de)iressions resembling h()use-])its but 
about which he has no information, are referi'eil to as wo' :ge towns. 
I found one addle-pated old informant to whom these wo' :ge were so 
real that he sometimes bewildered me, making me think he was refer- 
ring to I'cal people. lie would point out a "house-pit," for exaiu])le, 
and tell me about the structure (which way tlie door faced, how big 
it was, etc.), and would then remark, incidentally, that the people 
who lived ill it were immortals. This localization of mythical stories 
is very nmrked in the tales of all the neigidjoring tribes also. 



DISTRIIU'TION OF TOWNS 

The Yurok towns aic all very small according to our standards. 
The largest in the entire area, re'kwoi, contains only twenty-five houses. 
Many places which are spoken of by the Indians as bi'ing vei\v im- 
jioi'tanl contain only lialf a dozen sti'uetui'es. Some of the sites have, 
jio doubt, been inhabited through very long jii'riods. This can be 
observed es|)ecially on the coast, where each village is accomiwnied 
b\' a heap of shell and othei' refuse. Some of the sites iidiabited until 
a few >-ears ago, for examjile, e'sj);!''', have accumulations of shell 
Several yards thick. The inipoi-tant excavations of Loud on Hum- 
boldt bay* in<licate lliat the highly specialized culture found in that 
neigliborJKiod has a very <'onsiderable anti(piity. The presumption 
is lliat the NaiiH' is true of the closely siniilai' Yurok cultui'e. 

In staling that such sites were inhabited for long periods it is 
not meant that they were continuously inhabited. Like most lu-imitive 
l)eople, the Yurok ehange their jilaces of aboile very abruptly. No 
doidjt the relative sizi' and im|iortanee of towns has shifted from time 



aC.oildanI, l!)il.;, y. 7".. 
< 1918. 



1920] JJ'aterman : Yurol- Geography 201 

to time. I think the Yurok may have been more prone to change their 
places of abode than the average tribe. In addition to all the usnal 
causes of change of abode (disease, floods, attacks by enemies, bad 
dreams, and plain fidgetiness), the Yurok are extremelj' quarrel- 
some. Prominent among their traits is a certain sinful pride, a love 
of squabbling, and readiness to take offense. These result indirectly 
in the sliifting of habitations. A man very often takes mortal offense 
at a word even if it is not intended to be slighting. It was related 
as particularly characteristic of a certain ceremony that during the 
observances no one took offense; all this "touchiness" was laid aside. 
Thus you might safely remark to a one-eyed man that he had only 
one eye. "It was perfectly safe," the Indians say with some wonder, 
"he would not get mad!" The most sensitive Yurok, however, takes 
offense in certain well established degrees. The tribe has an elaborate 
scale of prices for each degree of injury, from the use of what they 
consider abusive expressions up to and including homicide. When 
money is not promptly paid for these injuries they believe in retali- 
ation of an unsoftened. Old Testament character, which visits the 
consequences of transgression upon an enemy's kin and his town- 
mates, if the offender himself is at all hard to get "at." If an indi- 
vidual commits a homicide, or if his relative commits a homicide, or 
even if his "big friend" commits a homicide, that individual is an 
uncomfortable person to have around. Unless his cause is so just, 
his character so upright, or his personality so winning that his towns- 
people are ready to join in his defeiLse and make common cause with 
him, the village usually makes it so unpleasant for him that he leaves. 
While the quarrel is being patched up such a man is considered to 
be better off living by himself in some lonely stretch of the river 
where his presence embarrasses nobody and compromises nobody. In 
most cases in which a man moves off in this way he begins sooner or 
later to "pay for" the man he has killed. The price for a homicide 
is pretty high, however, and a number of years are often occupied in 
making up the full sum, which is paid in installments. When he 
has completed his payments he often does not feel like moving back. 
If he makes his new home a permanent one, and raises a large family 
there, the addition of new houses gradually lends the place the char- 
acter of a settlement. 

The effect of these customs on the distribution of habitations is 
at once apparent. Some very important towns are said to have started 
in this way, the town of sregon, for example (see below). If a man 



202 Viiiversili/ of California rubliciitioiis in Am. Arch, and Etliii. [Vol.16 

had "connections" in a second village and if the quarrel was not too 
serious, lie sometimes "moved in" beside friends. A delihei'ate killer, 
however, was very likely suddenly to tind that he liad no friends, and 
such people vei'v often moved into the wilderness away from every- 
body, lly feeling is that such an enforced migration was itself ac- 
cepteil as a jiartial satisfaction for the injury, and a promise to be 
good. At any rate, a man \\iio was sui'e enough of himself to hold his 
ground after a homicide, deliberately challenged a bloody vengeance 
on tile ])art of the slain man's relatives. If he moved and stayed 
away from tlanees he was sometimes allowed an extended period in 
wliicli to ]iay up. 

Till' following incidents serve to further illu.strate the effect of 
tliese charaeteristies. It is Very easy to become involved in feuds. 
Tile Yurok believe i-eligidiisly not <iiily in the solidarity of tlu' family 
ami tile village but in a mutual responsibility, one for anothei', of the 
members of a nation or a I'aee, 

A certain fine morning in IDOlt saw me talking witli an Indian 
woman at qe'iiek, having some success in getting ]ilaee names from her. 
Her young daughter in the meantime went out and looked over the cliff 
to see my eanoi\ In it she saw an Indian calletl ""Weitchpec Frank." 
She came back and told her mother, who at once severed all relations 
\\itli m<-, ver>- jiointedly. Neither she nor her daiigiiter nor my com- 
])anion wouhl tell me definitely what the trouble was, but afterward 
I found tiiat Frank and the woman's brother-in-law had quarreled 
over a small sum of money twelve years previously. Since I was in 
Frank's company I was in her eyes as bad as Frank himself. 

The father and uncle of an old Hupa man called Spencer were 
killed many years ago liy soldiers from the garrison in Hupa valley. 
Dave Durban, the brother of Weitchpec Frank, had been a sort of 
]iaid scout fill' tile government during this [leriod, so he was held partly 
t(i blame fell- tile fact that a llu]ia was killed by the soldiers. Since 
that time old S|)encer has not •"liked" Frank because he is the brother 
of Dave Dniliaii. the ex-scoiit. He tloes not speak to Frank when the 
two meet. 

When I visitec! tile towii of turip I found myself involved in an 
inv(jhintai-y quarrel witii a certain old man because I was a white 
man. The old Indian's nephew jiad once been jailed for making fast 
his gill-mt at the bank of the riv<'r. in aboriginal fashion, but in 
defiance of the l'e<lci'al statute governing methods of fishing and dis- 
regariling the pains and ]ii-nalties therein madi' and i)rovided. The 



1920] Waterman: YuroTc Geography 203 

old man held me partly to blame foi* the action of the Federal Grand 
Jury, though I defended myself as best I could. He refused, with 
some politeness, to talk to me or to take my money. 

When a feud is in progress a person who gives information, or 
intelligence, to say nothing of advice, to a murderer, before the act is 
committed, is held to answer in precisely the same degree as the mur- 
derer himself. A special term, wrnryrkr', was applied to such an 
"informant." It obviously results in the rapid spreading of feuds. 
If a man in even this remote way becomes involved in a serious quarrel 
the outcome is usually a migration to some other dwelling place. 

Sometimes a man moves away from his village merely because of 
indignation over something. Thus "Tuley Creek Jim," or "Coyote 
Jim," called by the Indians qe-qe'nomr, had a quarrel in his home 
town of qe'nek, so he moved to rekwoi and built a house there. In 
many such cases, of course, the people ultimately moved home again. 
In eases of epidemics a whole village would readily be abandoned. 
Altogether, there was a good deal of shifting about, and at this late 
day it is sometimes hard, especially in the case of old and long aban- 
doned sites, to tell exactly what the marks of habitation, such as house- 
pits, really mean. 

Since the coming of the whites many towns have been abandoned 
altogether for a variety of reasons. Lands have in many cases been 
allotted by the government to Indian families, and where the spot 
allotted was at all favorable they have taken up their abode on it. 
It goes almost without saying that the effort in this paper has been 
made to indicate the towns as they were at the time of the coming of 
the whites. 

Even if one disregards as far as possible what has happened since 
the white invasion, the question of the distribution of the towns still 
offers some difficulty. Even at that time there were very considerable 
difference between settlements. Some were large and some were snmll, 
some were regarded as permanent, and others were looked upon as 
temporary. Some places had once been important, but already at 
that time were almost abandoned. In a few cases nothing but pits 
remained, about which nobody knew anything, except that a name was 
attached to the site. It is a bit difficult to indicate all such nuitters 
on a map. I learned very early in my acquaintance with the tribe that 
the great tribal ceremonies were celebrated in certain towns only. For 
example, the deer-skin dance'' was held only at we'itspus and pe'kwan, 



5 For an account of the corresponding Hupa ceremony see Godilard, 1903, p. S2. 



204 Viiivcrsity of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

and nowhere else. Another important ceremony, the jumping dance, 
was held only at we'itspils, wo'xtek, re'kwoi, ore'q"', and oke-to. The 
explanation is that these ceremonies were celebrated, naturally enough, 
in the most ]iopuIous places. When infoi'ination is collected about the 
original size of these towns the}' are seen to be (except ore'q") the 
largest in the area. Another difference between towns is that in many 
settlements each sepai'ate house lias a i)roii<'i' name of its own. This 
does not depend upon size. Generally speaking, then, there is some 
uncertainty about the actual number of towns. On the maps I have 
distinguislied between permanent towns and temporary settlements by 
the use of different eonvciitional .symbols. 

In s])ite of the confusion which exists it is possible to indicate 
certain general facts about town distribution. Some of them, perhaps 
the nui.jority. occupy old river terraces. River towns are usually more 
than a hundi-ed feet above the stream, wliich has in jilaces an annual 
rise of more than seventy vertical feet. A tremendous flood in the 
winter of l.S6l2, still mentioned often by tlie Indians, somewliat changed 
the location of .st'tlleiiieiits : a gopd uumy towns were permanently 
moved to higlier sites, and others where the houses were washed down 
the river were abandoned, the ])eople seeking refuge with friends and 
relatives in tlie undamaged towns. The town of wo'xtek, at Klamath 
Bluffs (rectangle D-:31), foi- some reason received a very large numljei' 
of tliese immigrants. Powers noted some years ago" that the Yurok 
towns are situated for the most i)art on the northern bank of the river. 
This is indicated clearly on the map (see map 4). Wliere the course 
of tile river is nortli aud south there is little difference observable, 
but whei'c the river runs approximately east and west the towns lie 
on tlu' nortli liank, in the pro{)ortion of three or four to one. 1 tliink 
Powers is correct in his explanation that the Indians preferred sunny 
situations. The south slojies are timbered with oaks and varied 
tiiiilier, interspersed with tine grass tields. The northei'n slope of 
the hills, wliicli would form the southern bank of the river, is, on 
the cDiilrary. almost uniformly covered with jiines and other conifers, 
ami the places which might otherwise be village sites are in the shadow 
of these somliei- forests. ISeginning some miles above the mouth of 
Pliie ci'eek, the rixi'i' flows through a belt of redwood timber extending 
almo.st to the coa.st. The larger villages are very clearly grouped out- 
side of this redwood belt. There were towns witliin it, but they were 
of small size, and where the redwoods were thickest there were no 



« 1877, p. 4fi. 



1920] Walermnn : Yurol Groijraphi/ 205 

settlements at all. The town of rnr, at the mouth of Blue creek, 
seems to liave been the only place of importance within this area, and 
it went into a decline some generations ago. Near the mouth of the 
Klamath towns became more numerous; on both sides of the estuary 
there existed populous centers. 

On the coast the towns were attracted to the regions of the lagoons. 
The mouths of a great many coast streams in California form estuaries, 
blocked off from the sea by sand bars. During tlie winter rains the 
water rises in these lagoons and breaks through the barrier. In 
summer as the river drops the barrier is rebuilt, resulting in a deep 
expanse of water, perfectly still, and often beautifully clear. Many 
of these lagoons have quite a romantic setting. Large rivers like the 
Klamath carry such a "head" of water that the bar never entirely 
closes across, though the opening is much naiTowed in late summer. 
Even the tiny .streams in the region we are discussing often have 
lagoons. Around these spots the Indian towns grew up. What the 
economic attraction was I cannot say. The sites to be found beside 
the lagoons are certainly very pleasing to the eye, and Indians are 
not at all insensible to scenic beauty. The vast number of water fowl 
must also have been an item. On Big lagoon the people ate mud hens 
(lege'its), which at times grew so fat that they could not fly. Water 
fowl were often taken with nets, in which the birds got their feet 
entangled upon taking to the water. On the shores of Big lagoon 
were five or six Indian settlements, one of them a very large and 
important place. 



LIST OF TOWNS AND SETTLEMENTS 

The following is a list of Yurok towns and settlements obtained by 
myself in 1909. For comparison I have inserted a list of the river 
towns shown, on an interesting map, found in 1917 in the county 
records in Crescent City, by Mr. Owen C. Coy of the California 
Historical Survey Commission. This document is an unpublished 
map of Del Norte county, made by a certain Randall, the county 
surveyor, and is dated 1866. The entries which I have marked with 
an asterisk will require more particular comment than the others. For 
general location see map 4, opposite p. 226. 



206 



Viiivcrsiti/ of C'tiliforn 



ia PubUcations in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol.16 



RIVER TOWN'S 



Author's List, 
1909 

aiqo"o, "basket" 

otsepo'r, "where steej)" 

lo'ole'go, "fish weir where they build' 

oslegoi'ts, "where they descend" 

osmemo'RL, "where it slides" 

we'itspus. "confluence" 

pe'k""tuL, "i)ile of rocks" 

rLrgr' 

wa'hsek 

qe'nek 

tse'tskwi 

qe'nek-pul 

aukweya' 

nie'ri]) 

wa''ase, "poor" ? 

ke'pel, "house-pit" 

sa"a 

mu'rek, "cooking-basket" ? 

hi'mcL 

we"iqem 

no'xtskum 

ke'peror 

meta 

ke"'kem 

srego'n 

yo'xtr 

pe'kwan 

qo'otep 

wo'xtek 

woxke'ro, " ])opperwood " 

otsa'L, "where it is sandy" 

te'kta 

sr'))r 



na giL 

r'nr 

lio'wego 
rll'Iken-pets 
'stowen 

tu'rij) 

sa"al., "spirit ])e(ipli<" 
*tr«r 

o''ke'l, "pcpperw 1 ' 

lio''pa" 

ro'kwoi, "mouth of a stream' 

tnir'i 

we'i.kwii" 

tse'kweL 



Randall's List, 
1866 



Welch-jieh 
Porah 



Ma-rep 
l'"ort Kepel 

Kamelch 

Xoitker 

Mettah 

Surgnin 
Yotum 
I'eciUd Creek 
Katep 
Watck 



Svirpah 
Jchehak 

pan 

Mangosh 
Torah 
Henah 
Henvahgah 



iMippa 
Tari'p 

Tenvah 
Wokkel 
lloppaw 
Uequa 

Wekeswah 



Number of 
Houses in- 
Aboriginal 
Times 


For Plan 

OF THE 

Town See 
Map 


2 




3 




4 




3 




3 (recent) 




17 


26 


5 


26 


6 


27 


6 


24 


4 


22 


2 




1 




3 




5 


21 


6 




4 


20 


8 


19 


11 


IS 


4 




Tits only 




3 




Pits only 




6 


16 


Pits only 




5 




4 




•24 


15 


'*2 


14 


13 


13 


4 


12 


Pits only 





3 
3 
2 

6 

.') 

Camp site 
3 
4 
25 

9 



1920] Waterman: Turok Geography 207 





COAST TOWNS 










Number of 


For Plan 






Houses in 


of the 


Author's List, 


Randall's List, 


Aboriginal 


Town See 


1909 


1S66 


Times 


Map 


o'men 




4 


7 


o'men-hipur 




7 


6 


o'segen 




4 




ii'spa'"', " drinking-place " 




7 




otmekwo'R 




Pits only 




si'gwets 




— 




ore'q'' 




7 


30 


tsa'peq"' 




10 




hr'gwr, "big" 




5 




tso'tskwi 




5 




oke'to, "lagoon" 




18 




ke"'kem 




— 




oslo'q" 




— 




pa"ar 




— 




pi'Npa 




— 




ma'ats 




5 




tsu'rai, "mountain" 




14 


34 



There are certain discrepancies between the two lists, though in 
general they correspond quite closely. For example, hl'meL, which 
is listed by Randall as a town, still shows house-pits quite clearly, yet 
I could ascertain no names nor find any one whose family had ever 
lived there. Apparently it has been long abandoned, and in fifty 
years the names have been forgotten, by many of the Indians at least. 
Noitker, wliieh evidently corresponds with no'xtskuni (also called 
no'xtsko), is, on Randall's map, across the river from the site pointed 
out to me under that name. I was told, when on the spot, that across 
the river on the fiat were old house-pits, blotted out by cultivation. 
Possibly some liomesteader ousted the Indians, and they moved the 
town and the name across the river. Near the mouth of Blue creek 
four towns are shown by Randall, where my attention was called to 
only two. His Jehehak and an indistinguishable name ending in 
. . . pan correspond in position to what was pointed out to me as the 
site of iiyoL. Mangosh and Torah are close together near what is 
called na'giL today. nii'giL was described to me as a "town," but 
iiyoL I have always considered a recent settlement. The facts seem 
to be that it was abandoned as a town, and then more recently occupied 
again by some people who moved in there on account of a quarrel, 
ho'wego (Randall's Herwahgah) is a well known place, a flat in the 
bend of the river at its mo.st dangerous rapids, Lamb's rifHe, but was 
not described to me as a town. Apparently there is an old town site 
there, some distance below the riffle, wliose existence I did not hear of 
when on the spot. Stowen is also a well known place, witli Indian 



208 Piiift rsily of Califoriiiii rnhlirdl kiiix in ,);«. .Ircli. mid litliii. | \'(jl. Hi 

l'aiuili(_-.s of some importaiifL' living there even now, but the present 
occupants are not descendants of the ancient ])opulation belonging 
there. Tlie uiost important of them, Stowen Bill, hails from qo'otep- 
wogi. I was at some pains to collect genealogies, but none of my tables 
include individuals fi-om stowen. 

The Koppa of Kandall's map lies on the same Hat as tu'rip, a 
splendid site on a terrace among the redwoods, but the name Ivo|)|)a 
is strange to me. Randall mentions the creek at pekwan, but indicates 
notliiiig about tiie town, though it was the largest on the river. Pos- 
sibly lie took the lown foi' gi'anted. At sii'iiL his inap indicates Indian 
houses, but gives no town luune. trwr or turwer (Randall's Terwa ) 
used to lie an imjiortant phice dui'ing the settlement of the country 
by 1lii' whites, who once had a sid)stantial blockhouse there, that is, 
a heav,\' log cabin joopholed for musketry. The gi'cat tioo<l of 1S62 
washed the whole village site away, and the Indians, when I was on 
Ihe rivei', said it was not originall.v an Indian "village"; the.v referre(l 
1o it as a '"cam]! site," where pedple came in lai'ge nundiei-s for 
spearing fish. 



HOUSE NAMES 

A Very i'liai-a<-teristic ]ioint about the more important Yui'ok 
villages is thai the houses in most cases have names. Some of these 
ai'c very piipuhir, and ajipear o\'er and ovei' iu dilTerent towns. A 
few i-esist etymolog.v. When a family was jirosperous, and had 
iiuiiiei'ous deseen<lants. they soiin'times had to build additional houses, 
and one name was applied to all tlie .structni'es. In every town there 
are somi' nameh'ss houses. Sometimes a town is found in which none 
of the houses had luunes. Such towns are always snmll. 

The ipicsl ion of how houses rccei\cd thi'ir names is a little ])uzzling. 
Some of the largest houses and some houses belonging to very im- 
piu'lant irien have \'ery eonnnonplace names. I think the name be- 
comes associated with a house by |)opular usage merely; and I dare 
sa,\' the custom was liased primarily on convenience in reference. On 
the other hand, however, the house was a big thing in the life of the 
\'ni(ik, and the house name stood foi- famil.v standing and respecta- 
hilit.w families liecanu- associated and identified with house names 
as a family in iMiropc ma>' become identitied with the name of an 
estate. 1 have seen moi'e than one old Indian, ]ioor enough in this 



1920] 



Waterman : Yurol' Geography 



209 



world's goods, point to a depression in the ground where his ances- 
tral house once stood, asserting that his family lived right there and 
that therefore he amounted to something. The Indian's notion of 
the importance of these houses may be illustrated, in another way, 
by the fact that they calmly mention them in accounts of mythological 
events. They tell us that the towns stood as they do now, house 
names and all, when the supernatural beings instead of the Indians 
were living along the Klamath. There is a myth that a young man 
in the town of qo'otep once went to the Sky with his pet deer. He 
belonged in the house slp''tai, which is still pointed out in the Indian 
village. In the myth about a "big money" or giant dentalium "as 
long as a sturgeon," which lived in the river beside a rock in front 
of pe'kwan, two well known houses are referred to, pe'kwan-wogi and 
qo'otep-me''tsr'o, both of them still standing. I suppose the Yurok 
would admit that some of the timbers, at least, have been renewed since 
mythical times. But the situation of those houses, their identity, 
according to the Indian viewpoint, has remained unchanged. A cer- 
tain house in wo'xtek, called asi'ksakwcL, is mentioned in a myth about 
Rattlesnake's wife. In the myth of the origin of the jumping dance 
the hero's home is the house wo'gi, in the town of we'itspus. Other 
examples could be given. 

The following list includes all the house names I was able to collect. 
Though not exhaustive, it is, I think, representative. I have indicated 
the translation where I have it, and in a third column the number 
of times each house name is used in Yurok territory. For the alplia- 
betic order employed in the lists see the Introduction. Asterisks mark 
translations which are uncertain. 



YUROK HOUSE NAMES 



Name 

e'Lkero 

eniose'go 

ara'" 

ala'xkwetso'ip 

re'pok 

regwona' 

rego'k 

ra'iik 

ra':yoi 

rego'o te'poni 

r'wrgrn 

r'nigr 

r'nrk upkwr'i 







NuMBl 


ER OF 






Houses 


Bearing 


Translation 




Name 


earth? 






1 
1 


something hanging 






1 
1 


doorway 






1 


at the end 






2 
1 


in the creek 






3 

1 
1 


feather-plume trees 






wrnr', plant used for 


sand 


-paper 


1 
1 
1 









210 Univcrsitjj of CdUfaniid Pulilicatioiis in Am. Arch, and Ellin. [Vol. 16 



YUROK 
Naue 


HOUSE NAMES Number of 

Houses Bearing 
Translation Name 


r'grits-hir 


behind the sweat-house 1 


rkl'jiri 
opyu'weg 


hair-ties 4 
where they dance 3 


oti-'tkoL 




o's'oq" 

oslo'q", hoslo'q", osk-'ga, sloi'yiq 


where the trail comes down 6 


o'tse'por 
ore'giik 


a village at Bluff creek 1 

(see rectangle G-39) 
where it rolls down 1 


orii'm 


where there is sound of dancing 1 


ole'geL 
ok'go'k 




wona'", woiip'"', wo'iul, wo'iuiu 


up-hill 11 


wo'neq, wo'mi, Wdi'ycma, wu'noiyrL 




wo'gi, wo'gu 


in the middle 19 


wo'xtek 




woxke'ro, woxkc'lo, awoxqe'la 
hi'Nkt'loL 


Ijejiperwood 2 
white oak 1 


hir, noLliir, liira' 


behind 1 


hike's 


in front 2 


higwo'p 


in water (close to water) 3 


haii'gonar 
ho"zko 


on top of a rock 1 


he'Lqau 


back from the river 4 


hawaye"rai 


last one 1 


hoqoiiR-'e'r 


last one 1 


l)i'ita 


ironwood 1 


pi".\pa 


town on Big lagoon 1 


pets, i)e'tsa, petsu'slo, pe'tsku, lupe't 


s up-river 15 


petsa" uiiii'prk 


doorway uji-rivcr 2 


peg\voIau' 


stone slabs for sweathouse 1 


pr'kwri 


hill 


pigu'r 

pul. pu'lrk. pu'luk, liipu'r 


down-river 18 


])u'luk n-pii'(i" 


door(va\' c_U)wn-river 1 


pe'kwoi 




prqu'r 


mud 2 


pa"ar 


water 1 


pr'kwri 


in rear 1 


pre'kcii 


big seat 1 


pleL, plo'loi 


big 6 


ine't.sr'o 




iiie'yi'li)L 


nettles 1 


ine'Lku 


shut in 1 


ine'kwcr 


little 1 


iiiekwoiiia' 
ma''a hitso' 


biggest 1 
this side of ma"a 1 


iiiii"a\voii 


up-hill from ma"a 1 


in!i"ii 


town on Big lagoon 1 


tete'ci" (ilr'grL 


'shinny 1 


teci"sau' 





19201 



Water/)iaii : Yurok Geography 



211 



Name 

teko'L 

tekwo'r 

t'eka' 

tegw-iro' 

tegwole'k repau' 

ta"amo 

tarii' 

tr'wr 

to'leL, to'liL 

sT'gwets 

si'petai 

sepora' 

sa'a 

sa' sip 

so'xtsu 

sia'L ole'pa 

skii" awiloL 

tse'ken 

tse'kweL 

tse'gi otep 

tse'qr' 

tsa'peq" 

tsa'spe 

tso'le, tso'Iek, hitso', 

hitso'-wo'gi 

tsu'rai 

tspanr' 
niqr'wrk 
ne'qerai 
neq"'sa', leq"sa' 

Lena'eq" 

le'kiL 

la'ypq" 

lo"oliL 

ki'neqau 

kepe'l 

ke'tskcL 

ke'nomr 

ka'uku'ts 

kr"pr 

ko'mr"R 

kus 

kwo"ora 

kne'woleL 



YUROK HOUSE NAMES 

Translation 



numder of 

Houses Bearing 

Name 



hitso'rau 



doorway facing the ocean 
elderberry bush 

South point on Big lagoon 
crosswise 



prame 

wild honeysuckle 
on top 

'buckeye hangs 

a flat in front of a cliff 
live oak tree 

Stone lagoon 

down-hill 

down-hill from wo'gi 
'mountain, name of a town 

(Trinidad) 
long 



by the back door of the sweat- 
house 

on the ground 
by the trail 
dara-buUder's house 
last one 
house-pit 



last 



long 



It is obvious at once that these names fall into certain classes. I 
have grouped together in the following tabulation such as logically 
belong together. 



V II iri' i:\ilii of Ciilifiiniiii }'iihliriitii)ns ill Am. Arcli. iiiiil Etiiii. [\'ol. 1(1 

YUKOK HOUSE NAMES 
(Clasxificd) 



Name 

rki'gri 
opyu'wcg 
ore'gok 
ora'ni 



))otsa'" uiiii')>rq 
pu'luk n-jioVj" 

me'kwiT 

mekwoma' 

te'Kwolck rejiau' 

tr'wr 

se'l>ora 

tspa'iir 

haa'goiiar 

pi'kwri 

pcqu'r 

pa''ar 

pre'ki'ii 

te'kor 

kci)e'l 

knO'wok'L 







N 


UMBER OF 




H^ 


OL-SES Ue.MUN^ 


Translation 






Namk 


Ceremonial 








hair ties 






4 


where they dance 






3 


it rolls clown 






2 


sound of feet 


^ 




1 



Descrintive of Hoi/xe 



10 



doorway ni)-river 


2 


doorway down-river 


1 


big 


6 


little 




tlie biggest 




doorway toward the ocean 




South point ho use 




prairie 




long 




on toj) of a roek 




hill 




mud 




spring 




big seat 




steep 




house-pit 




long 





24 



M i/thiiliiiiiciil 

rego"o te'ponl feather-plume trees 1 

si'petai see page above 1 

2 

Names Jroni Owners 

o'tsepor village at Bluff creek 1 

pi"Ni)a town on Big lagoon 1 

nia"a town on Big lagoon 1 

teta'(|"ulr'grL sliiiuiy game 1 

tsii'iMM]" town on Dry lagoon 1 

lo"oli'r. ilam-liuildcr lives 1 



Numvil like the (own in ivliieh Uuij arc silualed 

wo'xiek 1 

tsu'rai 1 

sa'a 1 



1920] 



Waterman : Yurolc Geography 



213 



YUROK HOUSE NAMES 

Translatiox 


Number of 
Houses Bearing 

Name 


Plants 






sand-paper rush 




1 


pepperwood 




2 


white oak 




1 


ironwood 




1 


nettles 




1 


elderberry bush 




2 


wild honeysuckle 




1 


buckeye hangs 




1 


live oak tree 




1 
11 


Position in the village 






behind the sweat-house 




1 


where the trail comes dow 


n 


6 


up-hill 




11 


in the middle 




19 


behind 




1 


down 




2 


close to water 




3 


back from the river 




4 


last one 




1 


last one 




1 


up-river 




15 


by the trail 




3 


down-river 




18 


in the rear 




1 


shut in 




1 


this side of ma' ii 




1 


up-hill from ma' a 




1 


crosswise 




1 


down-hill 




13 


by the back door of the sweat- 




house 




2 


at the end 




2 


in the creek 




3 


last one 




1 



Name 



r wrgrn 

woxke'ro 

hi'NkeloL 

pi'Ita 

mc'yeloL 

ta''amo 

sji sip 

skji'ii'wiloL 

tse'gi otep 



rg'rits hl'r 

oslo'q"' 

wo'nau 

wo'gi 

hir 

hike's 

higwo'p 

he'Lqau 

heweye"rai 

heqome'e'r 

pets 

la'yeq" 

pul 

pr'kwri 

me'lku 

ma"a hitso' 

ma' a won 

to'liL 

tso'le" 

le'q'sa 

regwona' 

ra"ak 

kineqau' 

111 

This tabulation sliows that tlie hoiisi; names occurring most fre- 
quently are those referring to the position of the houses in the town. 
These names occur in the greatest variety, and each is used over and 
over. The name wo'gi, in the middle, appears in nineteen towns, and 
such names as pul, "down-river," and tso'le", "down-hill from the 
others," are almost equally popular. The peculiarities of the iiouses 
themselves also give rise to a great many names. Se'pora, close to a 
"prairie" or patch of grass, and pleL, "big," are examples. Next 
ill importance in giving names to houses are plants and trees. Iiouses 



214 Vnn-cr.sity of California Piihlioitions in Am. Arch, iiitd Ethn. [Vol. 16 

named after tlieir owners are relatively few in number. In all such 
cases it is the name of tlie owner's native town tliat is applied to his 
new liouse. Tlie fact that so few houses are tlius named reflects the 
fact that a man did not vei'v often leave his native town and succeed 
in setting up an establishment elsewhere. Pi'ople very often moved 
from their towns, but usually had to ask to be "taken in" somewhere 
else on a footing not particularly gratifying to their pride. It nnist 
be rememliercd that the mere building of a house reciuired ami)le 
resources, and if a man connuanded these resoui-ees it required rather 
extraordinary considerations to make him move. Of late years, of 
course, thn-e has been a great deal of moving around, as the result 
of being displace(l l)y tlie whiti's. In the old days the ritfratf and 
adventurers moved all about, trying to improve their circumstances, 
l)Ut the wealthy people took a pride in staying at home. 

It is nolewoi-thy that in thi-ee cases (wo'xtek, sa'"a, and tstTraii 
houses have the same name as the town in which they are situated. 
Tins would seem to imply that, ni these cases, the towns grew up about 
these houses. 



PLACE NA.MES AND PERSONAL NAMES 

Among the Yurok there exists a custom, which I have not li.-ai-tl 
of elsewhere, of substituting for i)ersonal names terms which ai'c 
essi iitiallv place names, or descriptive exiircssions based on place 
names. Oui' personal names become pernmnently attached to the 
individual, iieeoiiie part of his make-up. Personal names are known 
to the Yiiidk. Iiut ai-e a|iplied only to children, and instead of being 
l„.riiiaii.'nt these names are di-oppeil at marriage and used no more 
so far as that person is concerned. Thus their whole attitude toward 
l„.rs(inal names is ipiite different from our own. The nearest ap- 
pi'oaeh to eorrcspondeni'e is in the matter of nicknames, but even here 
there is a difference; with them nicknames are vei-y couunon (.see 
below i, but are not used in addressing a jierson, or in his presence. 

.Names are given to children at the time when they cease to be 
regarded as infants, at the age of eight or nine years. A boy is 
named by his father, whil.- the girl's luuiie is selected by her mother. 
Ceiiaiu personal names run in particular families, as is more or less 
till' case with ourselves. A well known Vnrok family living in the 
hou.se pul, in p.'kwaii, have fi-equently used the name e'gos for their 
boys. .An impoi-tant family in pe'kwan-lu''i,qau is partial to te'hcio 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 215 

as a boy's name. In the town of sre'gon, where nearly all the in- 
habitants are relatives, siir is veiy popular. Since these names are 
dropped at the time of marriage they may be used over and over in 
one immediate family. Tims a certain Indian called by the whites 
Wokel Dave had before he was married the name mo 'ok, a name which 
he took from his father, who was also mo 'ok. When Dave took to him- 
self a wife, the name mo 'ok was given to his younger brother. This 
boy died while still quite young, so this particular name was not used 
again in that family. The young fellow took it with him when he 
died, and it will not be used again in that family for a long time. 
If he had lived until it was time for him to relinquish this name it 
would very likely have been given to a still younger brotlier. 

I give herewith a few additional examples of these personal names. 





BOYS' NAMES 




pr'N 


rogaq'*' 


rotsl's 


ma'wo r 


sohpr'k 


twiig 


to"an 


skii'w 


hrgr' 


■we"la 


sprgi' 


sar 


ha"alits 


opo't 


koi'ya' 


ortsumo'L 


rgr' 


tsutsmegr' 



Expressions containing a playful allusion to marriage were often 
used as "boy" names. One such name is sriimigo's, "married to 
Patrick's point." Another is se'kwe's, "married to Redding rock 
(sekwona')," a sea-stack six miles offshore below the mouth of the 
Klamath (rectangle H-21). A third is enkewis, "married to a'nkau," 
a mountain in the Bald hills. The majority of the names given to 
boys are not translatable ; at least, in my genealogies most of them 
are nc: translated, although I made inquiry in every ease. 





GIRLS' 


NAMES 


yr'wis 




mr'' pi's 


wo'ona" 




srnl's 


hune' 




ha'agwe' 


nene'm 




wen :e' 


ninawa' 




lirgrpi's 



In the case of young girls, the playful allusions to marriage are 
very common. The following are examples: 

mr'nrwi-son, married into snail's house 
tsu'ts-wa, married to "chippy-bird" 
hr'kwr-wa, married to rabbit 
he"mi-wa, married to pigeon 
sme'ts-wa, marriefl to chipmunk 
r'Lrgr-son, married into rLrgr-town 
sru'mi-son, married into Patrick's Point (srumig) 
onti"u-son, married into onu"u 



216 Viiiicrxify nf CiiUfiirnia Piihli cat ions in Am. Arch, aiul Ellin. [Vol. IG 

Tliese girl-naiiirs, like the boy-iiames, are suiTcudiTt'd on marriage, 
and never used thereafter. Even a girl'.s own mother would never 
eall her by .sueh a name. Thus we may almost say that the Yurok 
have no ])ersonal names. After they take their places as full 
tiedged members of the group they are known instead by descriptive 
e.xpressions. 

The facts about this system of substituting descriptive expressions 
for {iroper names are lu'oadly as follows: 

A man who owns a house is regularly called, except by his imme- 
diate I't'latives, by the name of his house. This house name is like a 
title of resjx'ct. Thus an Indian called Sam ymith is regularly ad- 
dressed by the other Indians as pets-re]:)o'(i"', "door-way up-rivei'." 
This is the name of his house in the town of i|o'otep. <)ther peo]>le 
here and thi'i'e are refei-red to as iii-pu'l. "down-river." or qi-wo'gi, 
"ill thf iiii(blle" (see list of house names on p. 'JO!l). On going to a 
new place a inaii is ealle(l by the name of the place from which he 
eanie. Thus a vi'ry well known old Indian living at the town of 
re'kwoi is called by everybody iiiii' 'iits. This is really the name of 
his home to^vn on ISig lagoon, from which he moved sixty or seventy 
years ago. What his original name was I do not know, lie has so 
long outlived his generation that I doubt whether it is known to very 
many of his Indian associates. Another well known character goes 
among the whites by the name of Lagoon George. The Indians call 
him (|-oke'to, "yoiiclei- Isig lagoon." In his home town of liig lagoon 
(oke'to) this name oi- Icriii would lianlly do, for it would obvoiusly 
ai)|il\' to all nali\c-lioi-n iico|ile, but abroad it si'rves well enough. 
Vnrok eoninuinitics iieing \crv small, comjiared to ours, such an 
exj)i'ession as "iiuin from l>ig lagoon" could hai'dly be misunderstood. 

i'eople of less impoi-|aucc than house owners are called by tci-ms 
which express their wediled condition, with sjiecial reference to the 
houses into which lliey married or out of which they sprang. Th<' 
"I'mok have highly de\'elo]icd matrimonial institutions, the principal 
facts for our ])resent pui^jxiscs being that two forms of marriage are 
ri'cognized. A wealthy man pays for a woman and takes her to his 
own housi', t he childi-eu belonging to him. This const ituti'S the highest 
type oi' mai'iiagc. ami is very creditablt; to all concerned, especially 
if the aiiiounl paid is large. rhildi-(>n take a higher or lower rank 
in society aciMii'diiii;' to the ])rice paid for their mother. A very poor 
nuiii nuiy perhaps ha\'e no moui'V with which to jiay foi- a woman. 
OI- a vi'i'v lillle. lu this casi' another form of mari'iagc is jiossible. 
lie may arrange to live with his wif(.'"s group, tlie children belonging 



1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 217 

to lier and her relatives. Such a man is said by tlie Indians to be 
"half-married" (no'xpe"'). Divorce is fairly easy, subject always to 
some satisfactory arrangements concerning the property interests. 
Quite an elaborate set of suffixes exist, which, in connection with 
house and village names, express the various aspects of the marriage 
relation. Such expressions take the place filled by personal names 
among ourselves. Place names, M'hen used in this way, as terms of 
address and in combination with suffixes, are curiously clipped. I 
can only refer to this clipping, without attempting to explain it. The 
etymology of the suffixes, also, is entirely beyond me. 

SUFFIXES USED IN DESCRIPTIVE EXPRESSIONS WHICH TAKE THE PL.^CE OP 

PERSON.iL NAMES 

If a man's wife is from the house wo'gi, he is called wo'gis-oma" after her death. 
-son 

A girl married into a given house, takes the house-name plus this suffi.x, in place 
of her personal name, which she abandons. Thus, a girl who married into the house 
la'yeq"' would be called by her own relatives las-son, "into liiyeq"" married." It is 
worthy of remark that a man who is half-married is sometimes spoken of in exactly 
the same terms. Thus Billy Brooks, at rOkwoi, is half-married into the house lil'yeq" 
in that town. He is regularly called las-son by his friends, and by his numerous 
enemies on occasions when he is not listening. I believe that people who were not 
on good terms with him would be a little careful about alluding to his half-married 
condition unless willing to affront him deliberately. 
-e'melo 

This suffix seems to be used with exactly the same meaning as the last. I am 
unable to explain it. 
-owa' 

A man who marries a woman takes the name of her house, plus this suffix, in 
place of his name, as long as she lives. Such expressions are especially common 
among relatives. Several brothers will call each other after the names of the houses 
from which their respective wives were obtained. After a man's wife is deceased the 
compound based on her house-name is no longer used. A well known Indian living 
near we'itspus, "Canyon Tom," has a brother Mike. He married a Hupa woman 
from the town of petso". He is called among the Indians petsa'-owa'. 
-rmLnos 

Children sjirung from half-married fathers, also illegitimate children, take the 
name of their father's house plus this suffix. 
-Ibus 

This suffix describes a man who is living with a certain woman outside of wedlock. 
It is added to the name of her house, or town. Thus a well known white man living 
with a Merip woman, is called meri-tsus, involved in a scandalous relation with Mcrip. 
-or,-egor 

A woman who has several children may be bought from her relatives. These 
children are called by the name of her new husband's house plus this suffix. Turip- 
egor means "brought along with their mother, by a Turip man." It is applied to 
children of either sex 
-nin (cf. ninegoH, divorced) 

A divorced man or divorced woman may be called by the name of the house or 
town of the ex-spouse plus this suffix. 



218 University of California Publications in Am. Arcli. and Kthn. | Vol. 10 

In addition to personal names and descriptive expressions serving 
as proper names, the Yurok make frequent use of nicknames as already 
stated. Tliese nicknames are often in reference to .some bodily trait 
or peculiarity. Thus the wife of old Jim Williams, at ho"pii"', a 
■\voiiuin from we'Lkwii^-pegwola', called (|i-|ie'g formally, is refei-red to 
less formally as tr'ni'wit, "si.\ toes, "" because she has an extra digit 
on eaeli foot. An old man at pc'kwan-pul is called \vone'q™-sego't, 
'"u]i-hill he goes." Tile I'eason for this I do not know. A uuui at 
meta' is called kr'grm, "heightened," for the reason, as the Indians 
l)ut it, that "he lo()l<s like he was stuelv on himself." An Indian at 
(|e'iiek, called by the whites "Tuley Creek Jim," is called behind liis 
back se'gep, "coyote." because of his <|uarreIsome disposition. The 
Indians say lii' looks mean and talks too fast. An old fellow living 
a few miles bi'low him is called (|wrgi''i, "whistler." A blind old 
Indian at orc'q", who owned a medicine for purification after touching 
a corpse, is called "Skii-k," an Anglicizeil form of tlie Yurok tskr'kr, 
said to mean "hay-fork." He is said l>y some to have once stolen a 
hay-fork, or to have been accused of it, or to have charged somebody 
else with stealing a hay-fork, oi' something. The ideas about the 
inciileni ai-e a trifle vagui' now, biil 1lie name has stuck for sixty years. 
If one sliduM addi'css tin' old Indian by this title he would probably 
ask I'oi- five dollai'S as injury-money. Ilis jiroper title is (|i-pa"iii', 
after Ilis father's town of ])ii";ir, on Big lagoon. His own name, as 
a young man. was keno'. \ certain woman is calh'd, as a nieknanu^ 
kT'.Niliolin, "dirt>'," not foi' jihysical luit foi' moral reasons. Although 
of excellent hirth, she is the mother of several bastards. Had she 
sprung from a very pooi' family her actions would have been little 
noticed. 



PORIMS OF KE.VL PROPERTY 

All important feature of the ]ilaci' names wliidi are indicated on 
tlie fdllowiiig maps is that many re|)resent private holdings. In 
other words, a good many of the places reiu'cscnt a jirimitive form 
of rc-al estate. Some el' these places were valiialih' for oiii' reason, 
some foi- anolhcr. The places which wi're "owne(l" by imlividiials 
or li.\' families iiia.\' lie classified ronglil.\- in the order of importance 
as lisliiiii;- |ilaccs, " ac-orii-lields," and snaring-iilaees. 1 shall fre- 
(|iicntly refer to these ]ilaces in the I'olhiwing [lages, and I will explain 
at this iinint what is meant. 



1920] Waterman: Yurol- Geography 219 

Fishing-places. — The Yurok have several devices for taking fish, 
among them the hook-and-line, the two-pointed harpoon, traps, and 
a variety of nets. Some of their seines are eighty to one hundred 
feet long, models of patient craftsmanship. Their principal reliance, 
however, is a dip-net, stretched between three poles and handled from 
a staging.' It is only possible to use the dip-net to advantage in a 
pool where the salmon congregate. Wherever a large boulder or 
promontory makes a sort of deep eddy or backwater the Yurok built 
a staging of poles (pi. 8). Such an arrangement is known to the 
Indians as a "fishing-place," kwoRL. It is more properly a netting 
place. Such places were owned by individuals. They could be sold, 
bartered, and bequeathed like any other property, and they changed 
hands quite freely. Their value depended on the number of fish they 
supplied, and they w'ere appraisable very exactly iu Indian money. 
Their value fluctuated more or less, for there are continual changes 
in the bed of the stream, and sometimes a "place" is suddenly dam- 
aged or spoiled entirely by silting up. At the present time a fishing- 
place may be sold for two dollars and a half. In aboriginal times 
a fairly good place was wortli a great deal more than that, even con- 
sidering all possible differences between their standard of values and 
ours. There are several reasons for the decrease in importance. The 
Indians nowadays have many ways of earning a livelihood, and the 
salmon accordingly mean less to them. The supply of salmon is mean- 
while less to be depended on, for the canneries take enormous numbers. 

It was often pos.sible to buy a half interest in a fi.shing-place, and 
when there were two owners they usually alternated in using the gear. 
If both parties happened to come to the place at the same time, each 
took half the night. The fishing-place wo'weyek, near qe'nek, is owned 
by five partners, three of them being from qo'otep. It was originally 
owned by two qe'neq men, but one of them got sick and had no money 
for the shaman who treated him, so he had to sell a i)art of his right 
in this place to three other men. My informants told me that a par- 
ticularly fine place might be owned by ten men. It is owned, say, 
by one man for half a day, by another for two days, by a third for 
one day, etc. Some are owned by one man "for salmon," and by 
another when the place is good for eels. A given place may be owned 
by one man when the river is "up" to a certain height, and by another 
when it is lower than that. Sometimes an "empty" place, abandoned 
because of silting up, or because of changes in the river channel. 



■ Goddarfl, 1903, p. 2.3, briefly describes the device. 



220 UiiiccrxHy of California PnbUrations in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

liccame useful again. If it is unoccupied for a long time, the original 
owner is sonietinies forgotten, and jieople ajipropriate such a place 
by ,S(|uatting on it. A place obtained in this way is called we(i"slsiik. 

Fishing-places were .sonietimes "spoiled" for spite. This can be 
done secretly hy burying pieces of a certain root near the jiool. Tliis 
will make the ground slide into tlie river and till the pool. If one 
cannot find the I'oots. which do not grow everywhei'e, there exists a 
certain nu'dicine-song, which will di'ive all the salmon away from the 
place. More commoni)laee ditlienlties arise from people attempting 
to discovei' "new" jtlaees just below old and 'well established ones. 
Tile salmon come, of course, u]i-streani, and ownership in a given 
"place" in\dl\-es the right to ]ii-event anybody from tishing below it. 
I say the "I'ighl," but j)ei'liai)s lliat is overstating it; I sliould refer 
to it rather as llie i-ecognized ])rivilege of raising a tei-rible row if 
any one moves in on a pi'eserve. Whether or not on Indian can block 
anotliei- (Die (iff is a ipiestion largely of influenee and the indneiice of 
families and friends. Certaiidy the closer the newcomer located to a 
|)reviously occupied rock the more chance the previous owner luid of 
raising a commotion in his own favor. In actual practice, a certain 
iletiidte series of fishing-places were i-ecognized, from one end of Yui'ok 
territor\' 1o the other, and each of them represented valuable pi-oi)erty. 

I'x (uh (iikI sidi'iidst ri(jlils. — Tiie Yurok tished i-elalive|y little in 
till' sea. As i-eiiiarked above, they used throw-lines along the beaches 
foi- sui'f fish and smelt, ealehiiig them in snlfii-ient (|uantitii-s to dry. 
.Mussels anil clams were vei'V iiiiportant. and seaweeil (identified by 
(ioddai'd as I'lirpli i/ni pcrfonitii) was dried, dipped in whale oil, and 
eaten. Tile gifts of the sea which the Yui'ok talk most about were 
the sea mammals, especially whales. Wluiles, 1 think, were never 
huiiti'il, l'(ir the ^'iirok have no whaling tackle, lint the stranding of 
a dead whale was not niieoinmon and was considered a great event. 
Sea lions they hunted in i-i'giilarly organized parties. Sea-lion oil, 
liki' whale oil, was considiTiMl a delicacy. A well known dish consists 
of such oil iiiixi'il with gras.s-sced Hour (slow'iiO and pounded manza- 
nit;i bci-iies I pyiits 1 . 

'i'lie beaches and all tile sea-stacks and outlying I'Ocks, liig and 
little, exi'ii including Keilding rock, an isolated crag si.\ miles off- 
slioi'c, were "owiii'd." 'i'hey were not "pi-iva1e" |iroperty, but I'atlier 
tile |ii-o|ieit\ ol' (leliiiite and limited eroups. 1 think each "owner" 
had a ri^ht to a part or share in the retiii-ns. Thi' Viirok talk a gi-eat 
deal about "beach I'ights." ('ertainh' the territories belonging to 



1920] Wnterman : Yiirok Grnnriipliy 221 

different towns were carefully discriminated and the limits very accur- 
ately known. The people who could hy right share in a given piece 
of good fortune, sueli as a stranded wliale, were the individuals who 
owned rights in that particular stretch of beach. Little river, for 
example, was the frontier between two tribes, the Yurok and the Wiyot. 
If a whale came ashore on the boundary line the parts lying north 
of the northern bank of Little river belonged to the Yurok town of 
tsu'rai (Trinidad), the parts lying soutli of the line belonged to the 
Wiyot. The people owning "places" in the vicinity were each en- 
titled to certain "cuts" of whale. These "cuts" were measured off 
with the pack-straps which were used in carrying the openwork 
burden baskets. Such a strap was of certain recognized and stand- 
ardized dimensions and was divided into sections by knots. The 
length of a strap was, to use the Yurok expression, "one double 
stretch," qo'htsenoi wenu'pck, that is, twice as long as the owner's 
"reach" from finger tip to finger tip across his chest. The length of 
the cut of whale was the full length of the strap. The strap was then 
doubled two times to detfU'mine the width of the strip of meat. Some 
rich families were entitled to ten cuts. When a man had cut otf 
his strip of meat, the carrying strap was fastened under the whale 
hide by means of slashes and the meat was dragged home on the 
ground. If in cutting up a whale a man cut beyond the end of his 
strap violent disputes arose. 

While a whale was being cut up people from various places used 
to come and sit around and look on, without touching the whale. If 
they did, it meant a fight. Later, when invited, they would cut small 
pieces for themselves. Certain pack-straps are said to have been re- 
served' for the purpose of measuring whale meat, and to have served 
as symbols of the owner's rights to a share in stranded whales. I 
have records of these pack-straps changing hands and ]iassing inland 
by marriage, so that a given family in an ujvriver town might have 
the right to a certain cut in every whale which became stranded be- 
tween two certain points on the beach forty miles away. Sea-lion 
clubs, e'tsqwo-iipr'qrm, also, were looked upon as a sort of outward 
and visible sign of partnershij) in sealing-roeks. These clubs were of 
yellow pine. The length was one cubit, (lo'htsemoi-nemo'otis, as the 
Yurok say, tliat is, the length of the foi'cai'iii with the hand open. 
Certain of these clubs were handed down as heirlooms. 

Indians, like other people, have a liking for tlie exotic in foods. 
A village in Hupa valley at one time "bought" a rock in Trinidad 



222 Vnirrniil!/ of Ciilifoniia PtihUcatidiis in Am. Arch, and Ethii. [Vol.16 

bay because they liked mussels. The people from the village came 
all the way aeross the hills to eolleet mussels on tluit rock. There 
was some traffic between tlie two i.laees in dried seaweed, wliieh tlie 
island people relished especially because of the salty taste. 

Acorn-plncrs. — The acorn ground also was a very definite spot. It 
was often of several acres' extent. The boundai'y between two such 
places is call.-d ni'(|r. Usually a number of places occur close together 
on a hillside when' there is a heavy growth of oak. Nearby there 
are frequently shacks, built of planks and various odds and ends, with 
a simple galile roof, in which people camp wiiilc the crop is being 
gathered. There wcrt' no pits to such houses. When acorns were 
plentiful no one worried much about his "rights," or "other people's 
rights," for that matter. In seasons of scarcity, when the acorn crop 
fell short (which often happfiicd i, or when it faih-d in certain sections, 
ownership of places became a very important matter. Permission to 
jiick up acoi-ns in a given spot might in that case be bartered for 
Indian money. Sometimes several difl'erent groups or "houses" are 
spoken of as owning some acorn-place in common. Thus four houses 
in the town of ([o'otep (me"itsr'o, hitso', pe'kwoi, and "Jimmy Cleve- 
land's") owned in partnership the acorn-place called o'tsep-higwo'n. 
Houses in tlu'ec sejiarate villages (i>e'kwan-ketskc'L, meta'-pul, and 
(lo'otep-regwonau') own in conuuon an acorn-plaec called o-le'go, which 
lies just in tlie rear of a fourth town, no'tskum. :\Iany conflicting 
claims are advanced concerning the ownership of dift'erent acorn-fields, 
but tliis does not neces.sarily mean that the ownership is indefinite. 
I get the impre.ssion very clearly that acorn-grounds were owned, if 
not by individuals, at least by families. I find very few definite 
references to sale or exchange, however. 

.s'//fN/;/.(/-/*/(/<v.s.— Hunting with the bow could be practiced any- 
wlieiv l)y any individual. This method, however, was on the whole 
little depended ou for large game. When tlie Indians were in earnest 
the method they iiraetic.'d was to run the animals with dogs, to get 
them in siuires. As pointed out by Goddard,' deer and elk have a 
way of taking certain paths and following certain gullies and passes 
in the hills, esi)ecially when pressed and trying to get to water. In 
these |)arti(Mdar spots snares were .set. Such snaring-plaees are often 
called by i)roiier names, and are strictly private property. 

The Yui-ok had a great many varieties of vegetable food besides 
the acorns. They sp.-ak of many edible bulbs (mostly lilies, I think) 

s 190:!, ]). 21. 



19-0] TVaterman : Yurok Geofiraphii 223 

as "Indian potatoes," in Yurok hr'Lkr and otoi'. Another source of 
food was grass seed, -which they gathered with the seed-beater. I 
think this was important, not from its quantity but from the fact that 
it inti'odueed variety into a rather monotonous diet. They speak 
highly of grass seed, mentioning "millet" (legeL), wild sunflower 
(petso'lo), clover (kla'^po), and at least four other varieties called 
tsi'ge, tse'gera, slo'wiL, and no'Rpil. People camped on open grass 
lands or prairies, in brush huts covered with brakes laid on in courses, 
shingle fashion. So far as I know, gra.ss lands were not owned by 
individuals, though each village had its own localities and never went 
elsewhere. 



DESCENT AND INHERITANCE 

Descent and inheritance are, of course, important in connection 
with such property as that just described. The rules of descent, if 
they may be called rules, .seem to be extremely unsystematic. It is 
worth remark that a man's relatives did not necessarily inherit his 
property. He could "will" it, in whole or in part, to others. Thus 
old Ben, at sa"a, had considerable ceremonial regalia, which he "left" 
to his "big friend," who later sold it to the whites. So also Grove, 
at the town of pe'k""'tuL, owns a fine fishing-place called sio'gon, a 
little below the rapids at qe'nek. One of his old friends willed it to 
him. I am sure that property in a great many eases descended through 
females. For example, Kepel Joe owns the fishing-place lm"asqr"r, 
which he got from his mother and sister. They were "doctors" and 
somebody paid them this place for "doctoring." I have numerous 
records of property owned by female members of families. For ex- 
ample, ki'Lotep-hima'R (a fine fishing-place, rectangle C-16) belongs 
to Humpback Thompson's wife at qo'otep-sa"aL, while rkyl'rgr nearby 
belongs to Nick's wife in the same village. There was a recognized 
advantage in contracting marriages at a distance from home, for it 
gave a man 's family, and particularly his descendants, valuable ' ' con- 
nections." Certain important families, whose members have married 
here and there, now claim property, in the form of fishing-places and 
acorn-camps, all over Yurok territory and even beyond it. A man's 
immediate relatives were considered to have the privileges of his wife 's 
aeorn grounds, or those of her family, and if their own crop proved 
to be poor a marriage contracted with a little judgment might prove 
to be a valuable asset and save the day for them. Even marriages 



224 Viiifcrsil 1/ (if Cdlifdrnia riihlications in Am. Arch, and FAIin. [Vol.16 

witli members of other tribes were not unheard of, and were consid- 
ered to be evidence of enterprise and a good spirit. One Yurok 
brouglit liis wife from Indian ei'eclv, in Karok territory. Intermar- 
riage between tribes, especially near the tribal frontier, was so common 
that the Ynrok, 1 ]>resnme like the Ilupa and other ti'ibes, are often 
bilingnal. Marrying close at hoiiie. on the other hand, was looked 
npon as evi<leiice of sloth and lack of spirit. A man who mari'ied the 
girl from next door was called by a sjjeeial term, enl'wa, and the girl 
who did this was called we'yonits. Such a marriage was not dis- 
I'eputahle, but a special name was eiiijtloyed for the people who con- 
tracted it. 

The ideas cnuceriiiiig the interest which a man acipiires in his 
wife's priiperty vary. Accordingly tliey ari' a fruitful soiirce of 
i|uari-i'ls. Mai'i'iage with a given woman eiud)les a man to set n\< a 
claim 1o iutei'e.st in her holdings, a claim wliich he may oi' may not 
lie able to su.slaiii. In my notes such claims to property are referred 
to continually. Thus the liouse pul. at the town of meta', owns an 
acorn-]ilace called oro'"o, just u]i-liill from the south landing-iioint of 
John Gist's fei'ry at the settlenn-nt of ilartin's. The Indians explain 
it by saying that meta'-pul once l)ought a woman from there. I think 
in general the liusbaml cdiild claim veiy little for himself, bnt might 
insist with some ])i'ospect of success that the woman's children share 
in the pi'opei'ty of hei- family. I think the woman's interests were 
nnich iiioi-e sejiai'ate from lii-i- husband's than has been the case among 
oui'selves. Tlie following may sei've to illustrate the Yui'ok fei'ling: 

A i-i'rtaiii soman's ileocased liusliMinl lia^l filed on a homestead. Aftei' his 
doath a iiayiaeiit of .$100 somehow fell due. 81ie did not have the money, nor 
did her relatives. Her new huslKOid sntj^ested that he wonhl make the jiayment 
.■mil sa\e tlie iHo]jerty, and they would own it together. The jiaynient was made, 
lint tlie woman's brothers sliowed resentment for some reason. They insisted 
that the new husband was an interloper. He took the stand that if somebody 
would return his $100 he would withdraw from the transaction. The -n'oniau's 
ridatives did mil lia\i' any money, and so the c|uarrel dragged on. The husband 
and one of the wiinian 's family ha|i|iened one day to be in a sweat-house at 
me'riii, and the (|u;urel broke out afresli. The relatives invited the husband 
outside to fight, but tiiidi lare to go out first. As the husband crawled through 
the small "li.-irk ilmir " he was severely kicked about the head and face. Thus 
a new element was added, namely, the question of indemnity for injury. When 
I was in touch witli the case it seemed to me that half the Indians on the river 
were in\(ilved in the di<]iiite in OTie way or another. 

The result of tiiese customs is a gi'eat scattering of property rights. 
Individuals often possess holdings at what are, to the Indians, great 
distances ajjart. The "phiees" owne<l by the people of a certain 



1920] 



Waterman: YiiroJc Geography 



225 




Map 3. The Yurok area, showing the property owned, or claimed, by one family, 
that of a'mits, "Charley," in the town of qo'otep. 



A. sekwona', REDDING ROCK. 

hunting grounds for sea- 
lions. 

B. amone'k, a rock marking the 

northern limit of a stretch 
of beach 

C. The outlet of Stone lagoon, 

the southern limit of the 
stretch of beach just men- 
tioned 

D. o'xtr-so'h, acorn-grounds 

E. otse'ki-skr, fishing-place 

F. orii'", fishing-place 

G. tse'ktsin-ego, acorn-grounds 



H. ori'ig, acorn-grounds 
I. sr'pr-meL-e"go, acorn-grounds 
J. o'Lko-hiqo', fishiiig-phice, with 
a snaring-place just above it 
on the hill. This snaring- 
place supplied only small 
deer 
K. rwrgrLr'iq, acorn-grounds 
L. osegere'Q^', acorn-grounds 
M. House he'Lqau, in the town 

Qo'otep 
N. wogo'^, acorn-grounds 
O. te'kus-o-ke'pcL, snaring-place 



P. tsegoroko'R, a great rock at 
the edge of the river, with 
a tine fishing-place at one end 
Q. owf'ga, acorn-grounds 
R. qc'nek-heL, acorn-grounds 
S. egwole'q'^'-higwo'n, acorn-place 

grounds 
T. loole'go-pets, acorn-grounds 
U. ke'pel-o-kini, acorn-place 

grounds 
V. hekege', acorn-place grounds 
W. o'plo-higwo'n, a c or u-pl ace 

groun<l8 
X. we'skwenet, acorn-grounds 



22(i Unircr.sitt/ of California Puhlicutions in Am. Arch, and Kthn. [Vol. Iti 

villages are often adjacent to holdings belonging to persons from 
villages many miles away. Back of the town of f[o'otep, for example, 
I recall an acorn-place with three "'shacks" on it. This place belongs 
to the town of o'segen, which lies across the mountains on the coast. 
This distance is only twelve miles as the crow ilies, but much farther 
than that by boat or by the trail. The adjoining i)ieee of property, 
an acoi-n-place called sr'i)r-meL-e''go, "sr'jir-town uses it." is claimed 
by a limn in qo'otep. The town of sr'pr, about four miles down the 
river, has some claims here, however. ^ly (jo'otep informant says that 
his ])eople '"allowiMl" some sr'pi' folk to gather acorns here and after 
a while they .Set Up a claim. It was the custom of the qo'ote]) people 
to leave for the sr'pr people enough acorns on the ground to till a 
basket. What the basis of the claim of tiie sr'pr people was 1 did 
not ascertain, but it was jirohalily aseribei.l to some intermarriage. I 
decline to believe that the ([o'otep people would have shown this per- 
sistent generosity without soun' very good reason. 

On this one hillside, then, we have alreatly found three separate 
towns represciitetl. Down in the gull\'. near by, was a spot called 
otrego'n. where ••Indian potatoes" could be dug. This jiotato ground 
was till' jiroinrty of a man in a fourth town, turip, twelve miles down 
tile river, with several villages iiiter\ening. 

To ilhistrate the scattering of property rights more definitely, I 
have iiiilieated on the aiM'ompaiiyiiig map (map 3) the varied holdings 
claimed iiy one individual Indian. Tin' information was in large part 
obtained tVom the indiviilual himself C Charley," or a'mits. living at 
tiie town of sa'"a). "While he was ]irond of his family and their former 
wealth, I have no rea.son to doubt the accuracy of the information. I 
lielieve the map indicates fairly the property that might be accumu- 
hiled, liy ]iurehase anil marriage, on the part of one wealtliy Yurok 
I'amilv. 



DESCT^IPTIVE (lEOGRAPITY 

l''or the i)iirpose of showing the distribution of iilace names I have 
divided Viirok territory into arliitrary rectangles. The limits of these 
i-i'i'taiigji's are indieateil on the aeeompanyiiig key ma]i (maj) 4). 
Indian towns and eeilaiii other liiealities are shown drawn to a niueh 
liirger scale on sketch maps. The rectangles are based on what are 
called the ••townshi]) plats" of the region, which are on file in the 
rnited States Land Office. These township plats have been corrected, 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




^ vV vV S 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted 

future date. 



1920] Tl'aferman : Yurok Geography 227 

where possible, by the maps of tlie United States Coast and Geodetic 
Survey. The United States Geological Survey with its topographic 
sheets has not yet been pushed into this region. The Land Office makes 
no claim to accuracy for the township plats on which the present 
rectangles are based, for the work was in many cases done a generation 
ago, by contract. In some cases 1 liave gone so far as to correct these 
plats from my own observations. Where any one map is based on 
sources other than the Land Office maps I have made acknowledgment 
in the caption. 

For tlie sketch maps wliich show tlie position of Indian liouses 
witliin the villages I assume responsibility myself. It will be under- 
stood that this work was done with few instruments and little technical 
skill. All I can say is that the sketches represent observations made 
with a tapeline and a compass on the spot. In some cases, where the 
Indians were ill-tempered about it, the work was done hastily or 
surreptitiously. At times their opposition made work of any sort 
impossible. 



Notes on Rectangle A 

The place names on this map are very closely grouped in two 
neighborhoods, namely, the mouth of the Klamath river and the 
mouth of Wilson creek. As already noted, the names on the map 
represent only a small part of those known to the Indians. The areas 
where the names cluster so thickly are, liowever, two very important 
places of settlement. At Wilson creek are the most northerly Yurok 
outposts. The principal town is o'men. North of that place, just 
beyond Wilson creek, is a group of Iiouse-pits known as o'men-hipu'r 
(omen down-river). A third group of pits, lying between these two, 
has apparently no separate name. No Indians now live in this vicinity, 
and I have no way of closely estimating the original population, but 
it could not have exceeded two or three dozen. The place, neverthe- 
less, is quite prominent, and the people there seem to have been wealthy 
and influential. The mouth of the Klamath had a number of settle- 
ments. The largest is re'kwoi, containing twenty-five houses or more. 
This is the largest town in Yurok territory. Othei- towns and .settle- 
ments referred to in this vicinity are tm'ri (close to re'kwoi), welkwii", 
tse'kweL, kestitsa', pegwolii"', and otwe'go, lying on tlie opposite side 
of the river. Of these we'Lkwa" was the most important, and is the 
onlv oni' whose location was definitely pointed out to me. 



228 Vnircrsiiy of California PuhUcatioiis in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

The Klamath mouth has the form of an estuary, contaiuing several 
islauds and slieltered from the sea by a sand-spit. This spit extends 
from the soutliern bank, the flood waters eseaping through a narrow 
opening between the end of the s[n\ and the north shore. Formerly 
this bar, or spit, extended out from the north shoi'e, and it is so shown 
on the maps of fifty years ago. Its confignratiou changes quite rapidly. 
The Indians all lived just at the extreme lower end of this estuary. 
Up-stream the river banks were heavily wooded and were not inhabited. 

The county operates a cable ferry at this point, the boat crossing 
the smooth water above the bar. In aboi'iginal times also the place 
\\as a ferrying point, for an important trail followed the coast line. 
:^Iyths recount that formerly there were monsters in the waters here 
which seized canoes and drowned people. Twelve types of monster 
are mentioned, as follows: kne'wolek (long one), the horned serpent 
(see above) ; qa'amec; kego'r, the porpoise; waxkwe'L; lulpupos ; wes ; 
teko"o; Lkelikik-noo, ''on grouml double oiu^" : paixku' ; esku' ; siikwr ; 
miikiwits. A mythical hero, i)u'leku-k\ve'rek, ' ' at-the-north-of-creation 
shar]i-om'," killed them off and made the crossing safe. Ceremonially 
also the mouth of the river was of some importance. Rekwoi was the 
scene of a jumping dance, and at weLkwii:' was celebrated an annual 
salmon eeivmony, which had I he effect of removing a taboo on the 
spring salmon-nui. A crag called orego's,' at the water's edge, a shoi't 
distance from rekwoi, is vei'y im])or1ant in the formula for purifying 
])eO])le after contact with a corpse. The mouth of the Klamath had 
also, I tlii)d<, 1he largest ]io|.ulntion of any locality in Yurok territory. 

1 Lke'lik-o-le'pa, translatod "e:u-lli-nii Avhcre." An .icorn-ground. 

2. o-ra'"'. Acorn-place. A similar name (rectangle C-32) is translated "where 

things drop." 

3. mr'.vi-o-we'c-iku', translated "lookout-place where they gather acorns. An 

acorn-ground. ^^ 

4. pye'k-o-ske'go'o, transkiled "manzanila-berries where they are spread out. 

An acorn-ground. 
r-,. wr'sip-u-so'n, translated "canoe-ornament its " An acorn-ground. 

5. regok-o-yfi"u\vro', translated "trout run up." A creek. 

9. o'men wroi'. Wilson creek. The site from which the creek takes its name lies 
five-eighths of a mile to the south (see no. 26 below). 

11) ,,'inri,-liipirr, translated "omen down-river." A village site. The name seems to 
1h- ap|>lied to two separate groups of house-pits, between which Wilson creek 
llnws. These groups of pits are an eighth of a mile apart. I am not able to 
supoly any information about the site, except that there is no appreciable 
accunuilat'ion of shell. Other town sites show large accumulations of clam 
and mussel shells, several yards I hick in some cases. For the relations of these 
three sites see maji 6. 

11. owrgr'L. Wils,)n's rock. This is a large sea-stack, white with bird-droppmgs. 
The name is said to refer to this appearance (ct. rectangle K-19). White 
= yu'L pets. 



19201 



Waterman : Yurol: Geography 



229 






o'lTk 



OtdtaiL 



FALSE KLAMATH ROCK 



^^ olrgr 



prgris^-tsiguk 



SCALE 

V8 'A 



MILES 




Map 6. The mouth of Wilson creek and vicinity, showing two towns, o'nieu 
and o'men-hipu'r. 



Contour interval 25 feet. 
Datum is sea-level. 



Small rectangles represent house-pits. 



230 University of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol.16 

15. o'-n:oe;o. A point. A similiir name (rectangle K-12) i.s translated "where waters 
meet and leap up." 

18. o-ke'gep, translated "wliere they lie in wait" (possibly referring to the hunting 

of game). 

19. yot.s-legai', meaning apjKirently "boats go over." A ridge. I cannot explain 

this curious name. 

20. kiL-o-meyo, translated "redwood-tree where " 

23. wo'gi-sitso' wroi', translated "middle it-flows creek." 

2.5. o-kwego o-keto, translated "where customarily-they-shoot quiet-water." A 
lake. For okwc'go, see no. 30 below. A stream, no. 24, expands into a .small 
lake in most romantic surroundings, a still expanse of water shut in by hills, 
with a heavily wooded ridge rising from its southern shore. From its pleasant 
sedgy margin an outlet wanders off acro.ss a small meadow, and enters the 
ocean close by an old Indian village (see no. 26). This site is illustrated in 
plate 19. 

26. o'men. A town. This is the most imjiortant of the settlements in the neighbor- 
hood. Four house-pits are situated on a knoll. Their names and situation 
are shown on the sketch map (map 7). In front of the houses lies the creek, 
hi'rikumr' wro', which forms the outlet to the lake (see no. 2.5). At the time 
of my visit the mouth was blocked up by the sand, which had piled up to an 
elevation of eight or ten feet. The drainage from the lake, which lies outside 
the boundaries of the sketch, had formed a small pool behind this barrier. 
During the rains this sand is swept away and the lake drains directly into the 
ocean. On this sand, at the time of my visit, were extensive accumulations 
of shell, le.ss than half a yard in dp|ith were exposed. These shell accumula- 
tions seem to have been much erotled by wind and wave. In a low place in 
the sand is a small spring, where the village got its water. Only one sweat- 
house existed, the location of which is imcertain. The i)eople bathed, after 
sweating, in the sea and not in fresh water. 

28. olr'gr. False Klamath rock ^see map 6). A sea-stack. This large rock lies 

just at the southern end of a cove of considerable size. .Ships standing along 
the coast in former days sometimes mistook this cove for the mouth of the 
Klamath. Hence its English name. The rock is one of the three conspicuous 
sea-crags in this neighborhood. 

A myth recounts that the yoimgest of five brothers became transformed 
into a su]x>rnaf ural being and took up his abode in this rock. He has a pipe, of 
mysterious powers, which he keeps in a pipe-case of weasel skin. This latter 
"becomes alive" and runs about the country, and occasionally enters houses 
where people are eating. If that happens, "never harm it." the Indians say. 
It may be recognized as the supernatural animal Vjy a white stripe across its 
nose, and a short tail. Tin' owner of the pipe said long ago when he went into 
the rock that if peoi^le looked at the rock and crie<l, they would get many 
woodjjecker heads (tsis, used as money). Some years the top of this rock is 
black, and looks as though it were burnt. 

29. pr'gri.s-o-tsye'guk, translated "bald-eagle he sits." 

30. o-kwe'go, tran.slated "where customarily they shoot." A sacred tree; a nigged 

old yellow jiine. This word, okwego, is applied to a tree into which Indians, 
traveling along a trail, shoot arrows for good fortune. An arrow was a valuable 
I)iece of prop<'rty, representing iiuite an investment of time and labor. The 
act was in the nattn-e of an offering. The Indian ideas about it seem to be a 
bit vague. I never succeeded in this connection in getting the name of any 
definite spiritual being. It is considered a settled fact that such offerings, 
however, broughl good luck on the journey. Ai)parently the ideas connected 



5 B J 
X 

I i 






i^ 




trw o c c £, 



'n o 



p ^ ? 






MtO 



O 



-(t re 



»« S " 1. ^-, 

Fi : <» S g 

=■0 " 
P* ?^ S re 



2 3 2- W5- 

c -I o - - o^ 






H 









So 



3 m 



W 



2. o- 



2 "O 3 ~0 







1920] IVatcrjnan : Yurok Geography 231 

with such offerings never crystalHzed into a theology. At the present time by 
cHmbing up with a rope stone arrowheads can be dug out of such trees. After 
firearms were introduced, bullets were occasionally shot into these trees, 
scarring them and knocking off the bark. 

31. wo'giL-o-te'pon', translated "in-middle where trees-are." A hill. 

32. a'spik-o-sku', translated "drinking-place where good." A spring. 

36. ostse'gep, translated "where they disembark." A sea-stack (of. no. 47). 

38. su"u. A fishing-place, good only in midsummer. I have written this name also 
as o-tse'gep. 

43. o'regos. A large pointed crag of granite at the edge of the lagoon (see pi. 3). 
In this rock lives a supernatural being who is one of ten personages addressed 
in a "medicine" for purification after funerals. When death was being in- 
troduced into the world these beings tried to prevent it. Unsuccessful, they 
still live in various rocks along the Klamath, beginning far up in Karok terri- 
tory. In addition to being prayed to, ceremonial regard is paid them. A 
corp.se must not be taken in front of them, for example. If a body is being 
transported in a canoe it must be landed in the vicinity of one of these rocks, 
and carried overland. 

4.5. hr"wr'", translated "big." A hill. 

46. rnr'q. A spring. This spring, which never runs dry, supplies water for the town 

of re'kwoi. 

47. o-sts(5gep, translated "where they disembark" (cf. no. 36 above). A large crag 

just below the town of re'kwoi. This is where the villagers landed from their 
canoes; hence the name. A myth recounts that in the original design of 
things this rock was "going to be" flint, and arrangements were being made 
so that people could obtain finished arrowheads by taking a bow and shooting 
this rock with an arrow-flaker. At the supreme moment Woxpekumeu came 
along and spoiled it. 

48. no"o, translated "tow" or "double." A small sea-.stack. 

50. trpr'. A rock or cliff projecting into the surf. A myth recounts that Woxpekmeu 

lay on his back on a ledge near here, singing, slapping him.self on the chest, and 
moving his foot. The marks of his feet are still to be seen in the vertical rock, 
partly covered by high tides. 

51. re'kwoi, translated "creek mouth." A large town. The term occurs as a place- 

name in rectangle K, near Trinidad. 

The largest of the towns about the mouth of the river is re'kwoi, which has 
has given its name to the white settlement of Requa. A salmon-cannery is 
situated here, and it is a shipping point for freight, and coastwise schooners 
occasionally touch here. The Indian town of r6kwoi contained originally 
twenty-five houses or more. The town occupies a most inappropriate location 
on a steeply sloping hillside, drawing its water from an isolated spring which 
drains down a small watercourse. Most of the Indians now live in European 
houses, but some of the old structures still stand. Rekwoi was important 
ceremonially, as one of the places where the jumping dance was held. In- 
formants say that this ceremony was quite different in details from the 
jumjiing dances held at weitspus and pekwan. The observances during the 
hnal two and a half days were held under some trees on the flat at we'lkwa" 
(see no. 72 below, p. 232). In connection with this dance there was a 
"sacred" house, opyu'weg (where they dance). When I was there this old 
house, which had been in a state of collap.se, had been built over with planks 
from the sawmill. Its condition before this repair is shown in plate 4. 
The houses in this town are shown in map 4. 



232 University of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

52. we'itspus, translated "confluence." Thi.s i.s the name of a point projecting into 

the estuarj'. It is noteworthy that this word occurs as the name of an im- 
portant town up the Klamath (see p. 257, no. 21). 

53. plepe', translated "big." A point where a ridge runs into the lagoon. 

54. tmr'i. Said to have been a village site. Captain Jack (hQ'mis) belonged here, 

but I have no further information. The American town of Requa is situated 
squarely on this old site. 

59. pu'lik-sr'nri (pulek-sr), translated "down-river stream." The down-stream 

branch of Hunter's creek. 

60. nc'Lku-sr, translated "landward stream." The up-river branch of Hunter's creek. 

62. teg\vola'-o-tsa'L, translated "oceanward where sand-at." The sand spit from 

the south head at the mouth of the river. 

63. trkr'mrwr. A large rock in the beach near the foot of the bluff. In former days 

when the sand bar ran out from the opposite shore this rock was a good fishing- 
place for the dip-net. 

64. opegI"iyem, translated "where they gather mussels." A .small sea-stack. 

65. Lke'lik-oL, translated "ground-on it lies." A small sea-stack. 

66. o-kne'get, translated "where they get arrow-points." A large sea-stack. This 

expression was given to me as the name of the sea-stack shown in this rectangle, 
and also as the name of a promontory in the ne.xt rectangle to the south, called 
in the Coast Pilot Flint Hock head (see rectangle B-1). It seems illogical to 
apply this name "where they get arrow-points," to a sea-rock, but my infor- 
mants insisted upon it. The illusion is evidently mythical in both cases 
mentioned, for the formations in both places are granitic, and arrow-heads 
could not possibly have been obtained there. 

68. tsrii'hptsik. A small sea-stack. This expression seems to contain the word 
tsik, .shell money. The rock is famous in Yurok story. It is almost submerged, 
and most unimpressive to look at. It represents, however, a mythical charac- 
ter. The Yurok say "it used to be a woman" who travelled all over the coun- 
try looking for a place to settle. She finally reached her present home, which 
she found ideal. Prayers are addressed to her. 

72. we'Lkwa". A town. A number of barns and outbuildings now occupy this site, 
the frames of a few Indian structures still standing here and there. Practical 
difficulties prevented me from getting the names and locations of the various 
villages in this vicinity and the houses in them. The jmncipal Indian here- 
abouts is "Welko Johnny," nephew of the old Indian who "owned" a salmon 
medicine. Johnny himself inherited the priestly office and the necessary 
formulae at the death of his relative, along with a pipe and possibly some 
other paraphernalia. He is very secretive, and has a good deal of feeling 
about the things of j'ore. His uncle used to earn considerable money at the 
salmon-ceremony, as he exacted a substantial fee every time he repeated the 
sacred formulae. I found Johnny unwilling to tell much, while the other 
Indians were unwiUing to trespass on his "bailiwick" by giving information. 
Some of the ceremonially important places are shown in the accompanying 
photogra])hs (pi. 4). I was able to ascertain merely about this pipe that 
it was too sacred to be viewed, and the priest in "making" the ceremony took 
the pipe from the place where he had buried it, with his face averted, and 
smoked it without looking at it. A death-purification formula was also 
"owned" by someone in this town, according to some informants. 

74. wo'lipi-oL, translated "in-t he-water he-lies." A sand spit. 

75. tselo'n-o-tep, translated " tree where it-stands." A fiat. 

79. tse'kweL, translated " flat place in front of a bluff!" This place was mentioned as 
a town site, l)ut I was able to get no satisfactory data. The word is freciuently 
used as a house-name. 



^^ ^ ^/^ 



r 



^ 



5^ 




o 

2: 

o 



^ ^ lir ^ 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out 15 being digitized, and will be inserted 

future date. 



■ 1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 233 

The location of the following places is uncertain : 

wo'gi-sya, translated "in-the middle land-slide." A small flat. 

kne'wole, translated "long-one." This expression is applied to a mythical horned 
serpent monster of fabulous proportions. This serpent figures largely in 
Yurok myth, and appears in a number of place-names (see below). Some- 
times it takes the form of a small spotted object, extremely "pretty," and 
is picked up by hvmters. To satisfj' its voracious appetite it grants its owner 
fabulous success in hunting. It lives under water, and has been encountered 
there by a number of heroes. It has also crawled about extensively on land 
making gullies and leaving various other traces. 

okne'ru. This expression contains the elements "where" and, I think, "arrow-point" 
(knetken). It is probably north of omen. My informants said that people 
went to salt water at this place to get rock to make arrow-points. After they 
made the points they "cooked" them. After that the points were "strong;" 
they would shoot right through an elk. 

neqoi'qes. A big rock. It was said by one of Dr. Kroeber's informants, a Hupa, to 
be concerned in the death purification ceremony. This name may possibly 
be the Hupa equivalent of o'riegos (rectangle A-39). 

Lkro'-o-te'nem. A big dome of rock. 

mega'ir-u-kwr'tsr. A ridge. 

tegwala'us. A place north of re'kwoi. 

oli'geL. A flat. 

o-pe'get. A place near omen. 

lo'xLko. A mountain. 

paiyamu'r. A point of land. 

o-tlu'uk. 

o'men-wa. 

ke'k:oi. 

emkiki' upkwr'i. A small creek. 

ke'pie". 



Notes on Rectangle B 

1. okne'get, translated "where they get arrow-points." Flint Rock head, a promon- 
torj' in the ocean, high and conspicuous. A myth recounts that wo':ge (an 
immortal being) tried to turn this promontory into obsidian so the Indians 
could make arrow-points there. Although he did not succeed, his efforts left 
the rock marked with stripes of red. He "almost did it," the Indians say. 
This name is also applied to a sea-stack (see A-66). 

7. ke'Lpel, said to mean burning, connected with the stem leloit, "to burn." A 
crag, with vegetation on it. "The brush and grass take fire up there," the 
Indians say, "when nobody starts it." 

9. me'leg, translated "refuse, offal." Sea-stack. Chicken-hawk, krnit, killed a 
breaker, aixpoo, at this point. Another account relates that he had a "ranch" 
here, ranch being the word in common use for an Indian town, through the 
Spanish rancheria, used in this special sen.se. On this rock one can still see 
the offal which Chicken-hawk threw aside, in the form of marks on the rocks. 

11. metso'. A camp site. There were "sea lions" in this vicinity, and people 

camped here when hunting them. (cf. no. 15 below). 

12. e'^po-u-kwap, translated "salt water his house-pit." A brushy hillside. A 

depression in the midst of the brush is where Salt-water or Ocean had his 
dwelling. 



2.'i-i I'liiin-xiti) of California Puhlicalions in Ant. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

13. haiig-o-syo'iL, translated "rock where landslide." A cliff where the rock has 

disintegrated and rolled down. 

14. no':mig, translated "split." Crag, with a large fissure. 

15. tskwe'ges-wajig, translated "harbor-seal his-rock." Sea-stack. 

16. sme'skitur wroi', translated "toothless creek." .\ belief exists that if anyone 

drinks the water of this creek his teeth come out (cf. rectangle D-18). 

17. wo':mots. \ "resting-place" on the trail. 

18. oswrgr't. .\ "snaring-place" belonging to a house in o'segen. 

20. ii'-monek"'. A rock. Some informants .say that this was once inhabited. I 

know' nothing of house-pits here, however. 

21. (i-ti'go':reyet. A rock. My informant told me that Crescent City people used 

to come here to dance "for fun." 

22. oini'mos wrnr', tran.slated "Hupa-i)eople's hill." A big hill. In hard times 

(when food was short) Hupa people used to come here to pick elderberries. 

23. o-stse'gep, translated "where they disembark." There was a landing-place here, 

always smooth, where people could land when caught in a squall. This name 
api)ears also as o-tsegep in my notes. 

24. o-segen. A small town on the coast. My informants recalled three houses 

and two sweat-houses. 

2t). nufi'.\prik, meaning, I think, a "fork;" the stem is connected with the numeral 
"two." The place is located where Butler creek forks. 

2.S. Lke'lik wroi', tran.slated "in-the-ground creek " This creek disappears under- 
ground for a part of its course, emerging again further down; hence the name. 

30. we'Lkwa"-wolo"mono wro', translated "we'Lkwa"' its-tan-oak creek." For 
we'Lkwii" see rectangle A-72. Richardson creek. The name implies that 
wer.kwa" luid an acorn-place here. Tan-oak acorns were much prized. 

37. ho'p:i". -^ town. This place was small, but the people were wealthy and quite 
influential. The small-]50.\ raged here in the early days and jiractically liroke 
up the village. One old woman of a wealthy family asked, when she was 
dying, to be cremated along with her house, instead of being buried. This 
was done, though it was not the custom. 

30. wo"kc'l. .\ tciwii. This was a small place, situated on a large flat. The river 
has eaten a ((Uarter of a mile into this flat, during flood waters, and the whole 
village site has gone down the river. It was not of much importance. My 
informants remembered only two houses. 

41. wo'giL-o-tek, meaning, I think, "in-the-middle where it-stretches." A long 

sharp ridge, or "hog-back," of bare rock, running toward the river. It is 
said to be a "doctor rock," where people were taken to be made "doctors," 
or shamans. There are persistent references in this region to places where 
candidates were taken to be initiated into the shamanistic profession. The 
allusions seem to inijily that there was .some society or organization of shamans. 
On the other hand, no one has produced any real evidence that such a society 
existed. I have .sometimes thought that these "doctor rocks" were invented 
by the Indians to please the whites. We know that the magic formularies 
which made up the shaman's stock in trade were purchased or acquired like 
any other property, a fact that does not fit in well with the idea of a shamanistic 
society. This rock is very bare, of tremendous extent, and most impressive. 

42. rnigr'rgrn, translated "where they get sweat-house fuel." A party of men and 

woiuen, who had spent the iirevious night in wakefulness and prayer, went 
up in a l)oat to this ])lace and gathered sticks for the sweat-house fire. All 
th<> way up-river tliey sang one .song, and all the way going back they sang 
another. They were obliged by rule to remain awake all day though per- 
formers in night time ceremonies normally slept a large part of the morning 
(.see pi. 4, fig. 3). This was in connection with tlie .Jumping Dance. 



1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 235 

45. r"wT'. An acom-place belonging to ho"pa". 

48. tr'wr. A camp site. The site lies on the down-stream flank of a long, wide point 
of land. At one time very old house- pits were visible here, dating from a 
time before the memory of the present Indians. These pits have all been 
washed away. In the knowledge of my informants, the place has been used 
only for camping. The river here is broad and shallow, and the people came 
in numbers to spear fish. In pursuit of the fish they waded out in the current 
armed with long two-pronged salmon-spears. Acorns also were gathered in 
the neighborhood, and the people had a number of shacks, or shelters, made 
of poles, in which they slept. There were two sweat-houses where the men 
stayed at night. The place was later the site of a White blockhouse, called 
Fort Terwa (see above p. 208). 

50. sa"aL, translated "spirit-people." This was quite an important town of seven 
or eight houses, containing one or two very wealthy families. The S{)irit- 
people, known as sa"aL, who are ordinarily spoken of with some fear, seem 
to have shared this town with the human beings on rather intimate terms. 
In one of the houses the sa"aL were so numerous that, according to the Indians, 
one did not dare to turn his back to the fire; that is, if he looked into the 
dark part of the house, he might see one of the spirits, and get sick or other- 
wise suffer misfortune. 

52. tu'rip. A town. This is one of two sites on a fine redwood flat. I only heard of 
the second one after I left the region. I was able to get no direct information 
about tu'rip on account of the hostility of the Indians toward my efforts at 
investigation (see above p. 202) . The town is said to have contained eight houses 
and three sweat-houses. According to one informant the first tribal fish-weir was 
"going to be" erected here by the immortals. They changed, however, and 
finally decided on ke'pel (rectangle E-56). 

54. olrgr'-sohtsi. A plateau, belonging to tu'rip, good for digging the "Indian 

potatoes," called hr'Lkr. 

55. The "Trail of the Dead" is the path taken by disembodied souls on their way to 

the underworld. The place where they "go down" is differently located by 
different informants, but the entire tribe agrees that the dead go up the hill- 
side at this place. The trail is a geological formation leading up the steep 
hillside, which a living person could not possibly follow. I have never been 
able to get a map of the complete route followed by the dead. The ideas do 
not seen to be sufficiently crystallized to enable the Indians to give a clear 
account. The entrance to the underworld is in rectangle I, location uncertain. 
See so"o-o-gur, on page 267, according to some informants. Others place it 
opposite til'rip, in rectangle B. See pi. 4, fig. 4. 

56. haa'gorii-u-wore'l wroi'. A creek. The name involves the stem haiig, rock. 
59. sto'wen. A redwood flat. In recent years this site has been inhabited by a 

numerous family of Indians, with various relatives and connections. This 
family belongs in qo'otep, having moved down here either on account of a 
quarrel or for economic reasons. The site is well known, and may liave been 
a settlement in former times. 

61. ni'grk, translated "half a boat." This expression refers to a habit which 
Vurok dugout canoes have of splitting in two lengthwise. The lake gets 
its name apparently from its configuration. "Thunder," however, 
lived in this lake. During thunderstorms people would go up there and 
try to see Thunder. If they succeeded they wouUl become so strong they 
could tear a man apart. 

63. o"so, tran.slated "red." A big hill. Near the top there is a slide of reddish 
color, which gives the hill its name. 



c 



236 Diiii'enity of CdUfornia PnMicalions in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. Ifi 

Two places abont, the location of which I have no definite infor- 
mation are of mythological interest. At here'mtsolo'q a number of 
evil beings were drowned and covered witli rocks, which accounts for 
tlie fact that the stream bed there is full of large rocks. The other 
place, te'kta-o-te'mets, is somewhere south of wo'mots (no. 17). Some 
evil being there in mythical times caught iieoplc with a hook until a 
culture hero killed him. 



Notes on RcM'taiigle 

The territory rr|nvscnt<Ml in 1liis veetanglc li.-s in what might be 
called a redwood hdt. Tlic redwiHids as a matt<'r of fact follow very 
closely a zone wlirv conditions particularly suit them. Outside of 
that there are only .scatteriMJ trees to be f„un<l. This zone appears 
on a faunal nuip of this region very clearly, for among the giant red- 
wood trees a pai'ticuhir fauna fl.Hirislies. The animal life tliere is of 
a limited charactei', since the redwood environment is not on the whole 
favoralde to a vari,>d and ri<'h fauna. It is a fact of some note that 
the Indians, ton, di.l not tin. I it a favorable place for their villages. 
Only a few villages are found in this redwood zone, and they are not 
of large size (see above p. 1204). I am uncertain whether they found 
the redwood region too gloomy, or whether the heavy shades of the 
fm-est made the temperature too cool f(u- comfort, or whetber the 
diminution of animal life kept them away. 

r, kr'hpr otsin o-tsye'sTi, tnu.shUod "khrpr youns-man where-he-always-sat." 
A vouiiK man from the house krhiir in Turii) wanted to become supernatural. 
He used to sit here for days at a time. Finally he became a supernatural 
being and married a cirl of the immortals at Patrick's point. 
8 o-tre't,nvorri, translaU-.l "wh.Tc it customarily drips." A trickle of water. 
1 1 ririk<.n. A cam,, site. A sweat-house pit is still to be seen there. There were 
a number of temporarv shacks in the v.cit.ity. Everybody with fishmg- 
places in the ncighborhond came here to camp. The eyes were gouged out 
of all the fish caught here, and it was considered obligatory to roast them on 
the day they were caught. Th.' reason for the.se ceremonial rules seems to 
be no longer imderstood. 
r> ki'i.-o-tcp wioi', Iransl.-.lcd ■'rcdwoi.d where it-stands creek." 
!■-! L-iiu'akwcr, .\ flat. A "mean T.,.an" lived here in the time of th,. numortals. 
He used to sei/.c canoes by tlu^ proj,.cli.m .m the bow and drag the boat with 
its occupants way u]) on shore. 
M rli'iken-i.ets Site of a small settlement. My informants recalled two houses 
and a sweat-house hen". In the summer the people are said to have moved 
across to howego (no. 1<) below) to cam|, and dry salmon. 
1.-,. ki'i.-.i-tcp hima'u, translalc.l " rcdwood-where-it-stands underneath. A hsh- 
ing-place. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




1^ ii 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be insertec 

future date. 



1920] Waterman : Tiirok Geography 237 

17. rkyl'rgr. A fishing-placs. Tha eyes of salmon caught here are always dug out 
before the fish are taken home. The immortals who first fished here left 
orders to this effect. 

19. howego', translated "where you cross," or "where one crosses." An extensive 
flat. The trail here leaves the river and cuts across the back end of the flat. 
The horned serpent, kne'wole, once crossed the river here, coming from E'spa". 
I do not know which of these facts gives rise to the name. 

26. pkwo"oro. A fishing-place, pkwo-olo means "maple." 

29. eLke'L-o-tep wroi', translated "earth where it stands creek," apparently describ- 
ing some dirt cliffs. 

31. we'xte'meL. A gorge with steep sides. A myth recounts that the horned 

serpent referred to above crossed the river here in his progress over the country. 
He crawled down the left bank some distance above this point (see ma"a, 
no. 3.3), passed over the river and crawled up the right bank here. At both 
places he left deep gorges. The gully here named is so steep-sided that ac- 
corcUng to the Indians if a deer enters it from the river-side he can surely be 
caught, for he cannot climb out. Dr. Kroeber believes that the crevice slopes 
so steeply from the river a deer probably could not enter at all. 

32. o"ra", translated "where things are dropping." Gravel is always falling here 

from the bank. A fishing-place. 

33. ma"a-spu wroi', translated "not-drink creek." This gully was produced by the 

crawling along of a gigantic horned serpent, hence the taboo (see no. 31 above). 

34. we'sona mestso', translated "world prop" or "sky prop" (.see p. 191 above). A 

huge redwood tree fcirmerly stood here which was believed by the Yurok 
to hold up the sky. It was washed out by the river some years ago. 

36. rego'k-o-mu', translated "trout where are caught." A fishing-place. 

37. to'xtr-pets. A small flat with oaks. The acorn-grounds here belonged to 

rekwoi-oslow, and had three shacks on it. 

40. re'kwoi-emetpigr, translated "rekwoi here-at camps." A seed-gathering ground. 

41. so"o-tsuuk, translated "corpse where he sits." An acorn-ground. 

44. tse'ktsiN, translated "salmon-trap." A recess in the boulders behind a rapid. 
Salmon enter here and cannot get out again. 

4.5. r'nr wroi'. Blue creek. This is a fine, large stream, which in some regions 
would be called a river. The largest salmon are said by the Indians to turn 
up Blue creek. An old trail follows up its course, but there seem to have been 
no settlements on it except the one at its mouth (no. 46). This stream and 
Bluff creek (rectangle G, no. 44) are said by the Indians to "come from the 
same place". 

46. r'nr. A town. This site occupies one of the finest points on the river, on a . 

bluff overlooking two streams. Very deep and sharply defined house-pits 
are to be seen, but I could find out relatively little about the people who lived 
here. Apparently the town was gradually being abandoned even before the 
coming of the whites. 

Corp.ses are occasionally taken up-river in canoes. As long as the boat 
is below r'nr the head of the corpse is placed toward the stern. Above 
r'nr the head of the deceased is placed toward the up-stream end of the boat. 
R'nr is one of a number of places where in transporting a dead body definite 
rules must be followed (see A-43, p. 231). 

47. opetso'ts, translated "where you toast fish." Fishing-place. 

48. nii'giL. A settlement. My informants recall four houses here. The town is 

said to have been founded by the great-grandmother of one of my informants, 
Weitchpec Frank. The old lady with her four sons moved down here from 
qo'otep-meitsro on account of a big feud. This particular misunderstanding 



238 University of California Fublicatioiis in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

was a "devil" quarrel; that is, somebody was accused of "Injun-deviling" 
someone; in our terms, of causing his death by magic means. An "Indian 
devil" is a sorcerer. Such accusations were serious matters and resulted 
sometimes in very bitter feuds. 

49. hegwono'L-o-tsyu, translated "hegwono'L where he-ahvays-sits." A certain 

bird, hegn-ono'L, nests here. 

50. tskwe'ges-o-rike'n, translated "harbor-seal where he-sits," A rock in the river. 

Harbor-seal, according to the mythical ideas of the Indians, is "connected" 
at qenek, has relatives there. The porpoises, as a matter of fact, are supposed 
to have lived there in a family group in mythical times. Seals rest on this 
rock when "on their way up." I imagine that in reality they would hardly 
go farther up than this point though actually seen here. 

51. wo'hpi-rk, translated "in-the-water sitting." A rock in the river. 

52. iiiyo'L. A small settlement. My informants could recall only two houses. The 

patriarch here wa.s an old man called woi-lo, who had a good deal of property 
of one sort or another, and enjoyed some renown. 

54. otoi'-sr'mrnrs, translated "wild-potato it-runs-in." Middle fork of Ahpah creek. 

57. wo'n-o-leg, translated "above where one-goes-over." An acorn-place and a 
snaring-place on oppo.site sides of a gully, on two different ridges. 

03. rLkr'gr, said to be connected with wrtkr'r- mryu', to dance the war dance. A bar. 
This vicinity is a nesting-place for tlie night-hawk, kiveyu'ts (one of the goat- 
suckers or whip-poor-wills, probably the Texas night-hawk, Chordeiles 
henryi). This bird, which is related to the whip-poor-wills and bull-bats of 
the Middle West, has a very striking note. The Indians say it resembles the 
war cry. The immortals recognized this similarity and so held their war 
dances here. Hence the name. 

08. posl'r-o-loag, translated "posir rock " A submerged rock. This rock 

came originally from a place called po.sl'r in Siskiyou county (Cottage Grove, 
map 2), in Karok territory. It is a "charm" for .snaring deer. The hunter 
dives down and touches the rock, then rubs his hands on the deer snares. 
After that a deer is invariably caught. 

69. ke'winu' (ke"win means "eel"). An eddy. Dead eels always float in there, 

hence the name. 

70. o-me'kweL, translated "wliere there-is-a-pilc." .4 jxiint of land. At the present 

time the point is missing, for it has been washed away by the river. 

72. sr'pr A town. This was at one time a jjlace of some importance because a 

rioh family lived there. It contained three hou.ses in the memory of people 
now living, and had been larger than that. The big flood of 1S(V2 washed 
everything away, and drove the iieoi)le up on the hillsitle. I was not able to 
find the site, and could locate it only approximately. I think the house- 
pits themselves have been washed out by flood-water. 

73. uma'-tsi:guk, translated "wild-devil always-sits." Sugar Loaf rock. A "wild- 

<lcvil" is, in other words, a suiiernatural being of the woods. He gets up on 

tliis rock so he can look around and i)lan deviltry. It is considered imprudent 

to loiter around this rock. 
76. ta'to-o-le'go, translated "smoothing-stone where they-coUect." A terrace where 

people got small flat stones useful in smoothing arrows. 
78. te'kta krtsr', translated "tekta-ridge." A hill. For tekta, see rectangle D-4. 

Of one place whose location is uncertain, alrgr'-so'htsi, I can only 
say that it is somewhere on the hill above a certain "o-lrsrr'." The 
latter place also 1 was tillable to locate. It is Siiiil to be connected 
with lir'i.kr, "Indian potato." 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



rock 



hing- 
k in 

small 



:k in 
Bite 



iEEK 



■eek 
ace 



■ks in 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a„„„ 

future date. '' 



Juldere 

ilfior in 

e r i n g 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted 

future date. 



19i!0] Waterman: Yurok Gcoyrapliy 239 



Notes on Rectangle D 

When we compare this rectangle with the one adjoining it down 
river, which has just been discussed, we find that there is a marked 
increase in the number of Indian settlements and the frequency of 
place names. In going up the river one emerges from the redwood 
belt at the town of srpr'. Above that town the river flows between 
lightly wooded slopes, with a good deal of sunny, open ground. A 
number of very large towns are gi-ouped at the point where Pekvvan 
creek enters the river. This vicinity used to be known as Klamath 
bluffs, and was considered quite a metropolis by the early settlers. 
A trader by the name of Johnson had a store here, the only one for a 
great many miles. It was a populous place, however, even before the 
coming of the whites. I think the trader put his store there simply 
because it was a place of congregation. Several important dances 
were held in this vicinity, and pekwau is spoken of as a sacred town. 
There are at least two structures wliich were used in connection with 
the deer-skin dance. The people in this town had much ceremonial 
stuff, were extremely well-to-do, and rather traded upon their im- 
portance. A great deal of mythology is localized hereabouts. This 
neighborhood, in which there are three Indian towns, is undoubtedly 
the most important place in the middle course of the river. Up- 
stream from it settlements are neither numerous nor large until the 
point where the Trinity enters, at Weitchpec. 

1. o-le"ga wroi'. A name similar to this (rectangle K-21) means "where things 

drift ashore." 

2. oL-o-tsyu', translated "person where sits." A cliff overlooking the river. A 

woman's parents were unkind. She travelled along, wishing something would 
happen to her. When she got here she sat down to r?st and turned into a 
rock. The upper part of this rock Ls shaped like a person's head. 

3. tse'ge-o-mu, translated " where they are caught." A fishing-place, 

owned by qo'-otep-me''tsr'o. 

4. te'kta, meaning probably "log" (called also oprega'). -An old town site. At 

this point there were formerly a number of pits. The name is frequently 
mentioned, but the pits themselves were washed out by high water years 
ago, the current undercutting the terrace. I know of one very old woman who 
"belongs" in te'kta, having been married from there wh^-n a girl. 

5. leta', translated "ridge-like." A rock at the edge of the river. At low water a 

hole can be seen in the surface of this rock. This was made by Woxpekomii". 
He was poling his canoe up-stream, and at this point saw some women, whose 
attention he wi-shed to attract. He pushed up against the current and then 
allowed himself to slip back a number of times, so the women would wonder 
whether he would make it next time or not. He planted his paddle against 
this rock, to push; that is what made the hole. 



240 Uiiiicrxity of Ctdifoniia Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 1(5 

7. tas'pok srinrnr'i, translated "tsa'pek-affluent," tsa'pek being the town at Dry 

"lagoon (rectangle I-IO). The stream is a westward branch of tekta wroi' 
(Tectah creek). 

8. rwrgeLr'iq. Acorn-grounds, belonging to ki'morets, at qo'-o-tep. 

9. o'Lko, connected, by my informants, with OLkc'gum, to pick acorns. A flat 

beside the river. Acorns are ripe first at this place. 

10. o'l.ko-hiqo', translated "o'lko acros.s-from." .\ fishing-place. The owners used 

to set deer snares also, running the deer ofY the fiat above with dogs. "They 
only got small ones," however. The place belongs to ki'morets of qo'-o-tep. 

11. trqwrnr"". .\ snaring-place, belonging to the town of qo'-o-tep. This was the 

scene of ceremonial ])erformances in the deer-skin dance. 

12. olo''omono-o-pre'gwegiL, translated "tan-oak where they-alwaj-s-dance." .\ 

small flat. This is the "first " place in the deer-skin dance; that is, the place 
where the first performance is held. 

13. o-tsc'gcp-pye'gwegii,, translated " wherc-they-disembark dancing-place." A flat 

by the river. This is described as a "boys' dancing place," and had some 
connection with one of the important ceremonies. I do not know which one. 

14. pr'kvvr'i. A spot on the hill.side. This is the "last" place in the deer-skin dance. 

15. helega"a wroi'. \ creek. One feature of the deer-skin dance is a performance 

on tlie water. Two of the biggest boats are brought alongside each other, 
and some men in each boat hold on to the other one, so that they move abreast. 
A row of individuals in each lioat "dance," .swaying and stamping in time to 
a song and making the boats "bounce" in the water. The ctTect, to Indian 
eyes, is perfectly exquisite. In performing this dance they floated down us 
far as this creek. 

16. kyoli-sejjso'L. A large boulder. .Vn immortal threw liis acorn-net on top of 

this rock and left it their, ".sd (he Indians woulil find it ami learn how to make 
such things." 

17. o.syo'L, translate<l "landslide." 

18. sme'iikit, translated " tootliless." If anyone drinks here his teeth come out 

(ef. rectangle B-16). 

19. o-tsa'l. translated "where sand." This is the same word as ostscL, no. 80, below. 

A former village site. House-pits used to be visible here, but the site lies in 
an extensive flat which has been cultivated for years and they are no longer 
visible. The jiresent Indians knoiv nothing about a town here. They saw 
.■111(1 recognized the house-pits merely. 

20. o-segi's. translated "where they-alway.s-gather-fern-root (si'soni." Aflat. The 

fern-root was gathered to be eaten. 

21. niii'rnu-kepe'L, translated "merganser house-jiit." A small flat with a depres- 

sion. Mu'rnu is described by the Indians as "river-duck," evidently the saw- 
bill or merganser. In myth times he had his house at this ])oint. 

2.3. tsa'h-.siiii". This .seems to contain the stem "to drink," but I could not get a 
translation. The name is said to have come down from tlie immortals. 

24. kepe'l-miL-e"goi. wroi', translated "kepel hereat always-stays creek." .\ small 
stream. When tlu" deer-skin dance is being celebrated the |)eople from 
ke'pi'l, a town (see rectangle E-.W), camped beside this creek. 

2."). woxhke'ro, translated "pepperwood." .\ town. This is the lowermost of a 
series of four settlements on the iiorlli bank of the stream. At the present 
time Ihree of these, qo'otep, \Mixtek, and the present one adjoin each other. 
I was told that this town dates back only to the year 1862, the year of a great 
flood, an event from which the Vurok have since dated everything. At that 
time many of the houses in the two other towns went down-river, and tlie 
people built on new sites. One informant said that this town was originally 



c fi : 
■o ' < 
■a ?■■ 



?tSH ^^ 
:< H (R M 

CO 05 (B 



• o 




r > i 
I OH ; 

! X I 

; §■ 

I CO ■ 
!. M 



to — O <0 oc ^ c: 






o ere-, =:; 



■ tn *■ M »0 t-1 ^ 
' O B -V ° 

to a* - " 



c =r 



« j:' 




1920] Jfaterman: Yurok Geography 241 

located at tsah-spii" (see no. 23, above), which was closer to the river, and was 
completely washed away. The whole matter is rather confusing, for when a 
man built a new house in a new location he often preserved the old name. 
The houses in this town are shown on the accompanying sketch-map (map 12). 

26. of o" R wroi'. Creek, at which people obtained material for arrows (1 think for 

the manufacture of foreshafts). 

27. osegere'q". Acorn-grounds. Ki'morets of qo'-o-tep-town owned a place here. 

In addition to that there were holdings with three "shacks" belonging to 
o'segen, on the coast. This latter fact apparently accounts for the name. 

28. owrgr'. Acorn-grounds, belonging to Nick's wife at qo'-o-tep. 

29. la"ai^o-pege'yiL, translated "sturgeon where he-always-cooked." A story 

recounts that a man stole sturgeon and cooked it here. I do not know the 
details. 

31. wo'xtek. A town. I was informed that this town, like the preceding, grew up 
in 1862, when qo'-o-te]3 was swept away by high water. Accordingly many 
of the houses have no names. There is some confusion arising from the fact 
that certain families, after their houses "went down river," rebuilt in a different 
place, while at the present time both their old and their new houses are gone, 
replaced with European structures Concerning the names shown on the 
sketch-map (map 13) I have the following notes. 

House 1. na-yegwoL, translated "Earthquake's house." Earthquake, yegwoL, used 
to be a person. For that matter, there was a whole family by that name. 
Many different pits, some of them not artificial, are pointed out in different 
neighborhoods, as his abode (see p. 200). The depression in the present 
case is now under a barn. 

House 2. tsegi-o-tep, translated "live-oak where it-stands." In the earliest recol- 
lections of my informant there was just an old pit at this point. The sweat- 
house stood back under the live-oak. The people who originally lived here 
were immortals. A girl from the house one morning went up on the hill 
gathering iris for fiber. Something caught and ate her. Her brother after- 
ward went up. After the sun came up, several sa''aLs who had eaten her 
came out of a big rock by a waterfall, where the creek cuts down through the 
cliff. The j'oung man shot one of them. That night the rest came down to 
kiU him. They ate up his house, his sweat-house, and even the rocks around 
the sweat-house. When my informant in his childhood used to see these 
rocks, which were still lying about, they were all full of holes. Of the whole 
establishment they left only one plank. The young man hid under that and 
escaped. Nobody has lived there since. 

Houses, wone'", translated "up-hill." The family was very wealthy. One of the 
daughters inherited the house, and was half-married to two different men, the 
first from qo'-o-tep, the second from pe'kwan-pu'lek. 

House 4. toliL, translated "crosswise." As the Indians say, this house is "cranky" 
to all the others. It was built to accommodate the overflow from tso'le" 
(no. 7). 

House 5. ketsker,. The people here also were very well-to-do. A man who was 
half-married here from sre'gon (rectangle D-90) had a son, who half-married 
into meta'. Moving later across the river there, he is now known as Meta'- 
hiqo' Jim. His daughter is Meta Emma, who owns a brush-dance medicine. 

House 6. la'yeq", translated "by the trail." This is Sam Smith's house, which he 
got from his mother. His father, who was only half-married here, came from 
mu'rek (rectangle E-35). 



242 Viiii-cr.iili/ of Califoruia Pnhlicatioiis in Am. Arch, and Etliii. [Vol. 16 

House 7. tso'le", transluted "down in front." This house belonged to a wealthy 
woman who got it from her father. Her mother came from a house in 
qo'-o-tep. This woman, who now lives with Captain Jack near Requa, is 
oalicd Kimho (dirty). It is important to note that she got this nickname on 
account of sex irregularities. In such a wealthy woman they were considered 
scandalous. 

House 8. si'p'tai. In recent generations human beings have lived in this house. 
Formerly it was inhabited by immortals. One of the^se wo'lge young men had 
a pet deer and a pet rattlesnake. The rattlesnake is still occasionally seen 
in the vicinity. The young man used to swim in the river along with the 
deer, and the latter's tracks are still to be seen at low water in a flat rock out 
in the stream. Once the people in the sky-country (see p. 190) were having 
a dance which the young man and the deer attended. The deer danced and 
.sang a song about being homesick for si'p^tai. So people came to know that 
this house was called si'p'tai. Nobody had known before that it had a name. 

House (I. wo'xtek. A man lived in this house whose wife was a to'lowil woman, from 
Crescent City. He had two sons and a daughter. 

House in. This house is inhabited by an Indian called Whiskey Joe, who moved here 
from qo'-o-tep at the time of the flood. 

Hou.se 11. The man of this house was half-married to a (|o'-o-te]) he'i.qau woman. 
He was originally from tso'tskwi, oiiposite qe'nek (rectangle E-r24). 

Hou.se 12. The man of this house is called wi'lits. He lived originally in qo'-o-tep- 
pe'kwoi, moving here when his former place was washed away in 1862. 

0-wrgr'n, translated "where rushes are gathered," is the name ajiplied to 
a s])ring where the town obtained its water. The "rushes" referred to are 
plants with edible tops. When dry, the shaft is used as "sand paper" for 
smoothing arrow-shafts. 

32. o-rego'k, translated "where it rolls." This is a sloping hillside where boys 

l)layod a game with a large root. It is described as white and round, and is 
called te'q"skeL. They rolled it down hill and shot at it with arrows. 

33. ose'gep rgr'ik, translated "Coyote's sweat-house." This is a pile of rocks which 

looks from a distance like a sweat-house foundation. 
36. okro' kle'"po, meaning, I think. " pos,se.s.ses cliff clover"; that Ls, where wild 

clover grows on a clitT. It is the name for a flat where people went after wild 

clover, which was eaten raw. 
30. ye'wome', translated "he disappears." Place where the trail enters the trees. 

40. ho''oreq, translated "fern." 

41. wr're'ts-o-tmil"', translated "alder where they-break-up." Place where the 

women went for alder, which was good for kindling fires. 

42. srpr'-mel-e''go, translated "srpr here always-stays." Acorn-ground claimed 

by ki'morets of qo'-o-teji. This is the place spoken of above (p. 226). 

43. pr'grL-o-le'go, translated "black-walnut where they-rest." A resting-place on 

the trail (sec p. 185). 

4."). ora" iim, translated "sound of dancing," the drumming sound made by feet. 
This is a house name in pe'k ""tuL (see map 2S, below). Formerly a meadow, 
this place has been mined out by hydraulic machinery, and nothing is left 
but bounders. 

oO. c|o'-o-tep, translated " where it-stands." This is the location of a 

hamlet know-n as .Johnson's (Klamath iiost office), and has been for fifty years 
the princi])al trading ])lace on the river. .\ few Indian structures stand among 
a large number of luu'oiiran buildings in various styles. The arrangement of 






c-^Soi-i-wto — OCX;-^ F"-?"^ ?^J^ 



rs-si'g'iss: 






* J, 



O- 3- 2: 









X 

o 

O c O -1 ^ 



^•a so ■ 

O f5 <^ - 
3 r^p*Q. 



C C- 




0>M 



3;^K-)-- — " — — — .— 






^ ._ -, -^ -.-..cs-oo —ft S 



-tS'q 



so O S '^ 

*- Slo tn 



:,c-°~kH 



3 tSoo 

3 w 



- g S 5 £§"0 J crS-og.cV : S.S 




o? 



-2? 


















P 












Hs 






10 


















'» S? 




\ 






^ 
"> 


- w 


t?* 


:*) 


cc 2 


£3 


















CJl 








'?. ^ 






-E" 


fD 


/ 








— O 






hTQ -r 


:S 


/ 








— '^ 










2 ^ 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 243 

the original structures, so far as I could determine, is shown on the following 
sketch-map (map 14). It may be noted that house 9, pe'kwoi, "mud," 
disappeared in 1862, the people building house 12 in wo'xtek. Similarly house 
11, he'lqau, "back from the river," was replaced at that time by house 11 in 
woxtek. 

51. kr'L-ele-negwo'Rkes, translated " a-long-way see." A tall rock. 

52. ole^-pa" a, translated "warm water." A rock, beside the river. The Indians 

say there are old house-pits hereabouts, dating back to the time of the im- 
mortals. I have never seen anything which could be identified as a pit. Any 
depression may at times look to the Indian like the site of an "immortal" 
house, slightly metamorphosed. 
S2a. pe'kwan. A town. This important place lies on the bank of a large stream, 
Pe'kwan creek, a short distance back from the river (see the accompanying 
sketch-map, map 15). They obtained their water from the creek, which 
is colder than the river and better water. Pe'kwan contains a relatively large 
number ot Indian structures, and exhibits many of the traits that must have 
characterized the village life of the Yurok before the whites came in. Its 
most noteworthy feature is the fact that the houses are disposed in two rows, 
along the trail, which runs parallel to the river. The Indians notice the sym- 
metrical arrangement and speak of the trail with some pride as a "street." 
The village is connected with one of the two deer-skin dances and in the vil- 
lage itself are four structures whose names indicate some connection with the 
observances. The first of these is rki'gri (no. 6 on the accompanying sketch- 
map, map 15) "hair-ties," where the performers put on their regalia. The 
second is opyu'weg (no. 3), "where they dance." The third is the ceremonial 
sweat-house, named opegoi'ole (letter G). In this sweat-house the necessary 
formulas were repeated, and certain esoteric rites were performed. Two 
men were especially occupied in the sweat-house, staying in there through the 
whole period of the ceremony. These individuals were known as the tet,. 
House number 7 is called teL-wo'o'lemel, "the teL where they live." The 
actual dance performances, which were of a very elaborate character, were 
scattered over a number of places. 

Five such places are especially pointed out, at which dances were per- 
formed. They are, as given above: 

12. olo"omono. 
11. trqwr nr'. 

13. otse'gep-pye'gwegiL. 
15. helega'a wroi'. 

14. pr'kwr'i. 

56. pe'k'^'teL. An enormous, long rock in the stream below pe'kwan town. There 

used to be a sand spit running up-stream from the upper end of this rock, 
but the current shifted and carried it away. A myth recounts that a "Big 
money" (pe'lin-tsi'ik), a dentalium as long as a sturgeon, lived in the water 
alongside this rock. . Prayers are spoken at this point. When a man is passing 
in a canoe he waits till he is just abreast of this rock, in the middle of the river, 
then, if he is a man "who knows," he claps his hands for good luck, saying: 
tsa skiiin son u hi^gok ki 6x pelin me kwomLitsok 
now! good be when I travel will have big returning I arrive 

57. nepu'i-.sots-o-lego'L, translated "salmon (literally 'that-which-is-eaten') on-top 

where he-lay." A large boulder. A very long time ago high water left a 
salmon lying on top. 
59. tspe'ga-o-re'qen, translated "shag where sits." Shag or Shikepoke sat here, 
I think in mythical times. 



244 Univcrsiti/ of Cdlifiiinia riiblicdtioiis in Am. Arch, mid Etiiii. [Vol. 16 

fiO. rkreR. A fishinfi-placp. This name occurs also a few miles up-river (rectangle 

E-37). 
61. sot.s-o-le'gai, translated "on-top where one goes." The trail up pekwan creek 

runs on top of a big cliff or crag. The rock runs down steeply into the river, 

and the trail cannot pass in front. Hence the name. 
04. wu'gi o.so'ho neye'ci"', translated "in-middle " A hill between two 

cjeeks. 
6.5. o-Lke'go, translated "where people gather up." A hillside with a heavy growth 

of oaks. The acorns were very plentiful here, and anyone could go there. 

The iiiace was one of a numlicr mentioned to me, which were not "owned" 

by individuals or families. 

71. pc'kwan-emeL-nok, tran.slated "pekwan from ftraili comes." Place on top of 

the hill where trails meet. 

72. ti'o'o. .Acorn-place. It is described as a place where any person from pekwan 

could go for acorns. It .seems to have been in a sense the property of the 
village. 

73. nl'(|r. translated "as far as they go." The word seems to mean a boundary, or 

landmark. In this case, the place marks the limit of the sre'gon peojile's 

snaring rights. They could only come tliis far in driving deer or elk. 
7.'). wr"grs, translated "hard, knotty." .\n acorn-ground belonging to a house in 

pe"kwan. The acorns here were "scaly." 
70. rnrgr' (nrpr', berrvl, translated "where one always berries." This term is 

translated below Ino. 12."il as "where they gathered sweat-house brush." 
7.S. mrqwri,, translated "knoll." A small hill. 
79. ti'k' sa'u. A small flat. Two houses formerly st<io(.l here, one behind the other. 

50. o-tsii'i,, translated "where sand-is." .\ small flat. 

51. ro'gon-eyo', translated "stakes thi'v-makc" .\ camp site. When tlie fish-dam 

was being constructed at ke'iiel stake-makers camped here. They went u\i 
on the hills to cut the young firs from which the stakes were split. 
S4. qI"toL, translated "thi> flat-place at." The stem "flat" is used in a number of 

geographical names, including lagoons (see p. 198). 
SO. yoxtr. .\ town. I obtained the name of three houses here, as follows: 
wogi, " in the middle" 
hipur. "down-river" 
pets, "up-river," 

87. kwi-ra'p-o-teq, translated "sharp wliri'c il-stands." A pointed crag two or 

three hundred yarfls above the river. 

88. so"o-o-ke'tsii,, translated "corpse his mouth-open." .\ large rock in the river, 

subnK'rged until late sunuuer. The reason for the name I do not know. 

89. oru'wis, translated eddy. \ fishing-place. 

90. srr'gon. .\ town. Tlii-- place was not large; but its people were all related, and 

all exei'ssivcly rich. I'^ven y<'t, the sre'gon peo)ile as,sume a rather overbearing 
altitude toward other Indians. The people here were unwilling to tell me 
anything aliout iKjusr-riames or geograiihy, and I think they pas.sed the word 
along that I was not tn be Idid liy anybody else. M least I never succeeded 
in getting more than a few scraps of information, with the names of two houses: 
wo'gi, "in the middle," .and hi'pets, "u|)-stream." 1 received a number of 
differing accoimts of liow the town came to be started. Kvery one agrees that 
it has not been there very long. Some say that some wo'xtek peojile first 
came heic to live, leaving their place down-river on account of a quarrel. 
Others told iiie lli.il it was pe'kwan people, who fir.st built houses here. 
Sre'gon may have been built before either of the other places; 1 was never 
able to get the actual names of the foimders, or their family history. 



-■■ X 

l^ o 






M !^" 



" -cr :' o .' 
3 o 0-5 « 







1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 245 

91. seg;^vona'R, translated "pestle." A bar which runs out into the river. The 

stones here look like pestles, hence the name. 

92. o-slegoi'ts, translated "where people-pass-down." A declivity where the trail 

leads from the hillside down toward a ford. 

93. nia" a-wr"rpqwri, said to mean "place (or creek) where people got huckleberry 

arrow-shafts." 
95. o-syo'L, translated "landslide," A fishing-place. 

97. hego'-o-lego' wrpqwr'i, translated "paddle where they-inake creek." 

98. wri'L-ego, translated by my Indian informants "with wife stop." The implica- 

tion seems to be se.xual. The term applies to a certain place on the trail. 
The Indians jjrofessed themselves unable to e.xplain it further. 

100. me'Lku, translated "shut in." The word applies to a location within the sweat- 

house. 

101. tso'kik. A flat. Every one says there were house-pits here at one time, but 

the flat is now cultivated and they have been completely obscured. They 
are referred to the immortals. 

104. wo'po-reqe'n, translated "in-water sitting." A large boulder in the river. 

105. ke"',xkem, A site with hou.se-pits. The traces of habitation are quite clear 

here, but I could get no reference to the people. The Indians say that it 
was immortals who lived here also. The expression also occurs as the name 
of a town on Big lagoon (rectangle 1-23). 

116. mrwrsisla' wroi', translated "yellow-lizard creek." 

117. Several well marked house-pits are to be seen at this point. The name of the 

place I was unable to get. 

118. meta'. A town. This was once a iilace of some importance. Only one family 

has been living here in recent years, and even the site of the former structures 
is in some cases uncertain. The principal shaman and director-in-chief of the 
fish-dam enterprise (see p. 246) lived here. The disposition of the houses is 
shown on the accompanying sketch-map (map 16). 

119. otla'" wroi', translated "where it drips creek." 

120. ho"mono-o-te'p, translated "tan-oak where it-stands." Place where a solitary 

tan-oak stands on a ridge. 

123. tsl'rq-o-tep, translated " where it-stands." A tan-oak flat where 

the acorns are hard to crack. 

124. me'li'L, tranislated "sweeping." A place where the tree limbs hang low. When 

the wind blows, it looks as though they were sweeping the place out. 

125. rnrgr', translated "where they gathered fuel for the sweat-house" (rgri). Thic- 

term occurs above, no. 76, where it is translated "where one always berries" 
(nrpr, berry). 

126. pe'Lkeneq, said to be connected with pe'ixken, "mud." A miry place on a hill- 

side, always "sliding." 

128. tsots-o-me'qweL, translated " where knoll." A bar. 

131. kepero'r, probably connected with kepeL, "house-pit." A site close to the 
river, with numerous house-pits. None of my informants ever saw houses 
there. The statement was made that pekwan people started a town there 
on account of a quarrel. I was also told that it was a bad place. The in- 
habitants all died at once, and so the site has never been used since. 

133. lG'wit-o-.skaa, translated " where it-hangs." A fishing-place. 

134. ke"men. A fishing-place. This name is sometimes applied to the house-pits 

in this vicinity (see no. 131 above). 
142. o-slegoi'ts, translated "where people always descend." A declivity where the 

trail from the Bald hills crosses the river. 
144. nega'tur-waji'g, translated " his rock." Big boulders at the edge 

of the river. 



246 Vnivcrsity of California Fuhlications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

145. negeni'.s wroi', translated "mouse creek." 

147. no'htskum, also nohxtska. A town. This is a small flat or terrace with a few 
house-pits, no Indian structures remaining. I obtained the names of only 
three houses, and it is probable that there were originally one or two 
more. It is said to be an old town and its importance has probably dwindled 
to some extent. 

There is a fishing-place in this rectangle, o-kl'go. I am uiieertaiu 
as to the location. 



Notes on Rectangle E 

The region inchuled in this rectangle contains two localities of 
interest. 

The first is a very populous stretch of river and includes the area 
made famous by the building each year of a great tribal fish-dam. 
The materials for the dam were collected from the whole u]i|ier half 
of the Yurok country, and impressive ceremonies connected with the 
building were carried on in many places, some of them quite remote 
from the structure itself. 

In addition there are several ceremonial places which are shown 
in the accompanying sketch-maji of the town of sii'ii. 

Tlie second locality, one of great interest, at least to myself, is 
the town of qen(4< and its vicinity. This is the center of the world, 
according to Yurok ideas, and their conviction is shared by the neigh- 
boi'ing tribes. The cultuiT hero came into existence here. Tn the 
town of qenek dwelt a niunher of mythical personages. It is tlie 
scene of some fine stories. Another center for myths is the storied 
region ai'oiind Patrick's point (Rectangle J). 

I know of nothing in the physiography of either of these places 
to arouse this myth-making instinct ; but such things of course do not 
go by logic. Both regions are picturesque, but there is nothing that 
sets them so nuich above othe localities in the same region. 

2. qo'xtau. A crag on a hillside. It is spoken of as rattlesnake's place. It is "full 
of rattlesnakes" now. 

4. otskrgru'n. A flat rock in the edge of the river. Chicken-hawk, kr'nit, who 
plays a conspicuous role in Yurok myths, had for his wife Black Bear. Trying 
to climb up here once, she slipped down, and her excrement flew all around. 
It is still to be seen on the rocks. 

7. niu'nt.se haii'g. Large white boulder near the brink of the river. When the 
idea of a fish-dam was first given expression, during the time when the im- 
mortals were living hereabouts, they were going to erect it near this point. 
They changed their minds, liowever, and built it at ke'pel, where it has been 
built yearly ever since. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserte. 

future date. 






OH 
OH 






•< £,» 



iliU'i 



'.tr 






ogg. 



- ri g- 




1920] Waterman: Yurol: Geography 247 

8. we'Lkwao'-o-pa"a wroi', translated "we'Lkwa"' its water." A small creek. It 

receives its name on account of a story which is told of a young man from the 
town of we'Lkwa"' who would drink no water but this. I presume the incident 
is mythical. 

9. kne'tken-o-lo', translated "arrowhead where fish-weir." A great boulder. 

Chicken-hawk, kr'nit, lived at this spot. His house was on top of the boulder. 
He built a fish-weir near. You can still see the holes in the rock where he 
drove his stakes. His dam seems to have been permanent, instead of seasonal, 
as the Indian dam is, for the people of those days (the wo':ge) had to portage 
their boats around it. The rock formation by the side of the river is still 
smooth where they pulled their boats up. What "arrowheads" had to do 
with the dam I have never been able to ascertain. Perhaps he made it of 
flint points. 
16. we"'qem. A site with house-pits. These pits, to the number of seven or eight, 
lie on a small knoll beside a creek, at a very considerable elevation above the 
river. The place is under a steep slope, and is overshadowed by enormous 
conifers. Accounts differ as to the nature of the settlement. None of my 
informants could remember any houses here. The pits themselves are 
rather shallow and bear out the assertion of one of the older men to the effect 
that the place was never anything more than a temporary camp site, with 
shacks and other shelters. It was a regularly established camping place for 
the people who were working on the fish-dam, which was erected a mile and 
a half above. If anyone eats here before the dam construction begins he will 
bring on a rain. 

The following incident was recounted to explain the house-pits. I 
could find out nothing about the identity of the people involved: 

An old man and four sons lived here. Three of them got married and 
moved away. The fourth stayed behind; and tried to "Injun-devil" his 
brother (that is, to kill him by magic) to get his wife. That broke up the 
whole family, and nobody has lived here since. 

19. hime'L. A town. My informants barely remember the time when there were 

houses here. At the present time a row of fairly well defined pits are to be 
seen, on a level bench on top of a bluff, lying just behind the crag nega'htur- 
haa'g, or Swallow rock. I learned nothing of the people who lived there, 
nor why the population disappeared. 

20. nega'htur, translated "swallow's rock." A lofty, pointed crag, with numerous 

swallows' nests. 

26. teku's-o-ke'pel, translated " his house-pit." 

27. tsegoroko"R. A boulder in the edge of the river. In spite of the similarity 

between this name and no. 22 (tsego-ro'k) my informants insisted they 
were separate places. A mj-th recounts that Wo'xpekomii" had a fishing- 
place here. Once he saw a girl on the opposite side of the river and threw 
his penis across. 

30. no'htska. Not to be confused with a place of similar name (rectangle D-147). 

35. mu'rek. A town. The name suggests mo'req", large cooking-basket (of. 
rectangle J-31). This was a very important place, with twenty houses, a 
few of which are still standing. The town was intimately connected with the 
fish-dam, and some of the ceremonial acts were performed here (see above, 
p. 246). The arrangement and situation of the houses is shown on the ac- 
companying sketch-map (map 18). People as.sembling to work on the 
fish-weir above ke'pel, had a simulated performance of the deer-skin dance, 
on the beach in front of this town. Instead of the handsome and very valuable 
obsidian blades carried in the regular deer-skin ceremony they used ordinary 
flat stones, picked up by the river-side. 



248 University of CaUforiiia Publications in Am. Arrli. and lilhn. [Vol. 10 

36. smeRqito'K wroi', translated "toothless creek." If anyone drank from this creek 

his teeth came out (cf. B-16, p. 234). 

37. rkye'R wroi'. Creek. \ fishing-place at the month of Pekwan creek has this 

name (rectangle D-60). 

39. owi'Igr. Place on the bank of the river. When a corpse was being brought 

up-river in a canoe it was landed at this point and carried overland to qr'mruk 
no. 57). The rock me'rxkwi in between (no. 54) is the abiding-place of one of 
those beings who tried to prevent death from being brought into the world; 
they will not stand the sight of a corpse (see .4-43 p. 231 ). Women al-so on going 
up or dfiwn-river by canoe had to land at these points and walk across. 

40. o-tera'''. Fishing-place. Thi.s iiiece of property plays a part in the fish-weir 

ceremonies (see p. 24(3). At the present time it belongs to Charley (amits) 
at .sa"a. 

41. hinkelo'L, tran.slated "white-oak." 

43. knegwora', translated "long." A snaring-place. 

45. segwo'RskoL, connected with segwos', to leach acorns. .An open hillside. 

46. megiiu, or megaupa, translated :'payment for an injury." A group of "three" 

redwooils (really there are six)- This place is the scene of a fish-dam ceremony. 
'I'he essential thing is a theatrical performance to the following effect. They 
wish to have a dance there, but a solitary man objects. So they "buy him 
off" and proceed with the ceremony (.see p. 246). The name refers to this 
jiretended payment. 

47. a, b. metsep-rgrits, translated "brush sweat-house." Two places, thus styled, 

were the scenes of "imitation" or simulated deer-skin d.ances, in connection 
with the observance just mentioned. 

48. n;iko-o-srego'R. This name is variously applied to a great rock in the river, a 

fishing-place, and a place on the hillside. It is said that in bringing cedar 
planks down from the summit when they got this far "they just slid off 
of themselves." The name is said to refer to that. 

49. sa"a, a town. This town derives its greatest imiiortance from the fact that it 

was the center of the fish-dam activities described elsewhere. The dam was 
actually constructed several hundred yards uji-stream, but the "dam-chief" 
had his abode here. After the whites came in and the Indians fell upon evil 
times, the dam-maker's son half-married into meta' and moved away. He 
still returned here and lived in a temporary shelter on the old house-site when 
the dam was being constructed. One Indian house and a couple of sweat- 
houses were still standing at the time of my visit. When the dam was being 
made a great influx of people moved into the town, occupying temporary 
shelters. I am somewhat uncertain just which .structures were permanent 
and where they were located. The accompanying sketch-map shows the 
arrangement of the houses, so far as I could ascertain it (map 19). 

50. tepola'u wroi', a creek. 

53. ke'pel, translated "house-pit." A town (map 201. .\ good many house-jiits 
are still visible, about which no information could be obtained. They are 
said by some of the Indians to be excavations made for the erect ion of "shacks," 
or temiiorary shelters, used only at the time of the annual tish-dam. Such 
houses were made very carelessly and had no names. The name applied to 
the town seems to im|)ly that house-pits were visible there when the present 
inhabitants moved in. Ke'pel, at best, was hardly more than a suburb of 
sa"a, in which most of the important families of the neighborhood lived. 




n 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



3 






This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 



^ 



S ^ 



^ 



T 



^ 






^ 




o 
o 

o 



% 



^ 



d. f^ ^ s 



s 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is 



being digitized, and will be inserts 



future date 



. o 



(OM^OlOi -t^ 



= iS! 






O 
g-<< w ?r H 



MM-- 

.9; 







1920] TTaterman: YuroTc Geography 249 

54. me'rxkwi, a rock. This rock marks the north end of the annual fish-weir. One 

of the ten beings who object to corpses lives in it. This accounts for the fact 
that dead bodies have to be landed from canoes at owi'Ige (no. 39) and carried 
overland to no. 57. Canoes carrying corpses or women must not pass in 
front of this rock. 

55. t'u'lek, a rock. The south wing of the fish-dam rested here. The name wo'xku 

is also applied to this place, but not, I think, to the rock (see also no. 58). 

57. qr'mruk. Place on the river-bank. Corpses taken from canoes according to 

rule at owl'igr (no. 39) might be recmbarkcd at this point (see no. 54 above). 

58. tu'loiyo wroi', a creek. This name tu'loiyo occurs as a variant of the name 

t'ulek. The trap or pen in the fish-dam which lay nearest the south shore 
was also called tu'loij'o. 

59. okwe'go, translated "where they customarily shoot." This name is applied 

to a huge tree which stands not far from a hill trail. Indians traveling along 
shoot arrows into it "for good luck." Similar trees are shown on rectangle 
A, no. 30, and rectangle H, no. 37. 

61. o-wega', an acorn field. An "Injun Devil," the "wild" sort (that is, a spirit 

of the forest) once visited the people here. A myth recounts that they hit 
him in the eye with a sucker and he laughed himself to death. I think the 
name means "where he repeatedly laughed." 

62. Loko'L-u-pa'a, translated "Thunder his water." A small lake. 

66. meR-hipe'ts wroi', a small creek. In connection with the fish-dam ceremonies, 
a ceremonial observance took place near the rnouth of this creek. Two men 
stood across the river from each other and had a "sham battle," that is, they 
used threatening gestures toward each other. Each held a stick under his 
left arm, and a rock in his right hand. 

68. wa"ase, a town. The stem wa'asoi means "poor." This town consists of a 
single row of houses on a very level bluff, overlooking the river. A few 
Indian structures are stOl standing, and one rather numerous Indian family 
still lives there. The people gave me, rather unwillingly, a few house names, 
most of which turned out later to be apocryphal. They objected to my mak- 
ing a map. The families here were prosperous in spite of the town name. 
Traces of eight or ten house-pits are still to be seen, so the town was, for the 
Yurok, a fairly large one. The people have the reputation of being "mean," 
which usually means, in this region, unduly rich. It is not impossible that 
the name was intended to be interpreted in an "opposite" sense. 

Blue-jay, who once lived here, in an Indian house, was working one 
day with a deer-skin, softening it and removing the hair. Being interrupted, 
he threw the wet skin on top of a rock, just up-.stream from the village. The 
rock is still spotted and mildewed-looking (see plate 10). 

72. o-tla'" wroi', translated "where it-drips creek." A trickle of water over a cliff. 

74. kowi'tsik-o-loa'g, translated "kowi'tsik its rock." Kowi'tsik is the home of the 

salmon, across the ocean and beyond the sky (see p. 191). Fish-hawk once 
carried a flat rock from kowi'tsik so that Chicken-hawk (kr'nit), the well 
known mythical hero, could have it to gamble upon at me'rip. When he 
got as far as this, however, the rock grew too heavy and he dropped it. It 
is still to be seen. 

75. hu'uks-o-re'qen wroi', a small creek (see 76). 

76. hii'uks-o-req, translated "children where sit." A big boulder at the edge of 

the river. Some owls once carried off some children and sat them here. 
They cried over and over again, "he'no hega'," (take me down) and finally 
turned into rock. 



250 Uiiin'rsity of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Etiin. [Vol. 16 

77. o-le"ga wroi'. A similar name (rectangle K-21) i.s translated "where things 
drift ashore." 

83. o-pa"an, translated "where water" (?). A great open spot on the summit of 
the hills. It was a place for gathering gra.ss seed, and is spoken of as being 
used by nie'rij) and sa"a. Apparently private ownership was not recognized. 

86. he'slr. A fishing-place. It is said to "belong to everybody." 

87. me'rip. A town. This place was small, consisting of less than half a dozen 

houses. A good many myths center here, but I did not succeed in recording 
them. The houses and their arrangement are shown in map 21. The house- 
name rcgo'-o-te'poni, "feather-plume where it-grown," refers to a cluster of 
pepperwood trees growing by the village. These were originally head- 
plumes, used by the wo'rge, or immortals. When these mysterious beings 
"went away." their plumes turned into trees. 

The other Indians say that the people at me'rip were a bad lot, most of 
them being "Injun devils" (sorcerers). This reputation is connected by 
o\itsiders with the fact that there are a lot of "bad" places in and around 
me'rip; that is, i)laces connected in some way with the supernatural, places 
which one must not step upon, or look at, or ])laces at which certain formulas 
must be repeated. Strangers did not like to go to me'rip, for not knowing all 
these things, they might break some taboo, and bring ill luck on themselves. 

The most widely renowned of these supernatural beings is called Jcalous- 
one-of-me'rip. Numerous tales are told about him. At the present time 
he is an insignificant-looking rock, sharp, but only a couple of feet tall, 
standing in the village (see pi. 7). His appearance is surprisingly out of 
keeping with his re-sounding fame. This fragment (for I think it is not even 
a projection of the bedrock) is certainly a striking illustration of the Indian 
capacity for finding spiritual values in the common])lace. 

88. regr'otets. A hill back of me'rip. White cedar planks were obtained there. 

91. knetken-w-oag, translated "arrow-point his rock." A rock with a fissure in it. 

Arrow-points which were put in this cleft, "rusted." That is, something 
invisible accumulated on them which made them jjoisonous and invariably 
fatal. People used to put their points in here when they wanted them to do 
execution. 

92. rprjii'RL. A hole or recess in a rock back of me'rip. If you wanted a person 

to die you put his mush paddle in this recess, in the water there. If the water 
whirled around he would not die. To keep it from whirling you had to talk 
to it. 

95. wo'gi, translated "middle." A fishing-place. This place, belonging to "Old 

Dan" at Wasek, is never used now; the old man cannot come so far from home, 
it is said. 

96. tse'gwa. An enormous, rather square boulder in the edge of the river. This rock 

lies just o])posite the town of me'rip. In it lives one of the immortals who 
tried to prevent death from coming into the world. Corpses must be landed 
above or l)elow this point and carried overland, unless the boatman knows the 
[iroper prophylactic. This consists in placing a stick with two feathers on 
it in the bow of the boat, as though it were a person. Not everybody knew 
how to do this. Women also observed the taboo (see 103 below). The rock 
is shown in pi. 7. It was used as a fishing-place. 

97. ma"uga wroi', translated "not drink creek." For some reason the water of this 

creek is not to be drunk. 



>% 













1920] Waterman: Yurolc Geography 251 

The location of the following places is uncertain. 

99. egoolo'q"", a large crag on the hillside above me'rip (no. 87). Just below this is 
a flat boulder with stains on it. A myth relates that Jealous-one-of-me'rip 
had two wives. He also possessed arrows with "burning" points. Pulekuk- 
kwerek aroused jealousy by hugging the two women, and got himself shot. 
Almost in his death agony from the terrific effects the hero nevertlieless 
jumped about and jumped about; and finally jumped back home to qe'nek. 
Here he chipped the burning point, which was of large size, into arrowheads. 
As the work progressed, he from time to time heard "small" laughter in the 
sweat-house below. Rattlesnakes and wasps and ants and other of the smaller 
brethren were down there, crowding about and catching the burning chips 
in their mouths. That is why these animals are poisonous. Every time they 
caught one they laughed. The stain on the boulder is where the hero was shot. 

103. oL-he'Lku-o-legai, translated "person ashore where he-is-carried." .\ rock. 
Corpses were landed at this point and carried far inland, to avoid passing the 
rock tse'gwa (no. 96). 

109. aukweya'. A settlement, three houses and a sweat-house. No houses have 
stood here for many years and the creek has washed out the house-pits. The 
place is said to have been built by me'rip people, who moved up here on account 
of a killing. 

116. qe'nek-pul, translated "qe'nek down-river" (see no. 137). Mythologically 
a very important place. In recent years it has accommodated a few families 
of Indians. The present settlement, which is quite recent, consists of one 
house and a sweat-house. It is said to have been built by an old Indian called 
qergr'i, "Whistler," from tu'rip. He left there on account of a "killing." 
His house came to be called rti'rq, which mean.s, "paying for a homicide in 
one lump sum." Such a payment is rather creditable, inasmuch as it evi- 
dences that the man making the payment had great wealth. Ordinarily a 
man had to pay in instalments. A party of Hupa once had a fight with a 
party of Redwood Indians (Chilula) at this point. 

Mythologically qe'nek-pul is noteworthy as being the place where an 
invisible ladder used to lead up to the sky-country (wo'noiyik, "above-at"). 
Numerous very powerful supernatural beings used to live at qe'nek, three- 
quarters of a mile above. These beings afterward moved to Patrick's point 
and became the porpoises. In the old mjlhological days, these immortals 
used to come down to qe'nek-pul and mount the sky-ladder to wo'noiyik, to 
watch the shinny games up there. In these myth times there was one flat 
"prairie," or meadow, all the way to qe'nek and above; but when these wo'ge 
people went away they "threw it all around," leaving it very much broken 
up with ravines and hills, as it is now. Corpses were landed here from boats, 
and carried overland all the way beyond qe'neqa's (no. 140, below). 

124. tse'tskwi. A settlement. The name very strongly resembles tso'tskwi, or 
Dry lagoon (rectangle I, no. 14). The place consisted of three houses and 
one sweat-house. My informant used to come here when a young man to 
see a girl. At that time the head of the family was so old that he could not 
walk, but crawled on his knees, using deer antlers, one in each hand, as 
crutches. My informant could barely remember when this old man moved 
in here from wa"ase, where he had become involved in a quarrel. He first 
built his house about two hundred yards up the river, but the big flood washed 
him out and he moved down the stream and further up on the hillside. 



252 Dniversity of California Pahlicutions in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

131. o-tsa'u, translated "where he-boiled it." A fishing-place. In the fall the 

salmon are no longer good. After breeding the fish gets flabby and sores 
appear, due perhaps to their fighting their way over the rocks in reacliing the 
breeding grounds. In this condition they drift down-stream and die. Their 
jaws also take on a different outline, appearing hooked and wolfish-looking. 
At this spot. Buzzard, who used to be a person, burnt the hair off his head 
cooking these "hookbill" salmon to eat. 

132. pe'LkoL, translated pebbles. A fishing-place. 

137. qe'nek. A town. This is the most interesting site on the river. Its mytho- 
logical significance has been pointed out above. At the present time one 
Indian structure is still standing, a dwelling of good size belonging to an Indian 
called hi'pkwa. Beside it on the bluff is a sweat-house. Other houses stood 
near it, though not very many, probably not more than four or five altogether. 
Their position is shown on the accompanying sketch-map (map 22). A large 
number of pits and depressions are to be seen, some of them marking old 
Indian structures, some not artificial. Thus pit 14 is a shallow, natural 
depression almost thirty feet across. On the other hand, mythological names 
are attached to what are undoubtedly genuine house-pits, for example no. 
12, which is called "Thunder's house-pit." In the vicinity are several dozen 
spots which have some sort of connection witli the supernatural. I greatly 
regretted not being able to obtain a sketch-map showing these points of 
interest (see p. 202). 

In this vicinity is a rock with a groove down its surface. This, ac- 
cording to the Indians, is where pule-kuk-kwe'rek, At-the-north-end-of- 
creation sharp-one, a mythical hero, slid down. His sharp rump made the 
groove. Dust taken out of that groove is good for sore ej'es. The groove is 
irregular, and about one inch deep. I do not know its geological origin. 
There are also to be seen hereabouts some stone seats, which belonged to 
ke'wet, who used to live here. Now he lives on a great mountain, towering 
on the other side of the Klamath. 

Thunder, Earthquake, and the Porpoises, besides other myth beings, 
lived here, and their houses and sweat-houses are pointed out by informants 
in the most matter-of-fact way. The culture hero, wo-xpek-oma", came 
into existence in the house tso'lc, no. 7. The pit was visible here until a 
short time ago, but the bluff has caved away somewhat. Ordinary people 
do not dare step around in qe'nek. Visitors used to come as far as the place 
where the trail crosses Tuley creek (oke'go wroi') and call. Then the people 
who belonged here would come down and get them, and show them around, 
so that they might not inadvertently step on some supernatural being's 
"place" and get into trouble. 

Just above the town is the most formidable set of rapids in Yurok 
territory. The Indians call it o-ke'go (where it goes over, or pours over). 
Getting boats up over this rapid is very difficult. It can only be done by 
means of ropes. Upsets are frequent. 

The following boulders at this town have names (see map 22) : 

teko'l. 

nie'nes. 

wo'weyelk. 

pa'xtek. 

sio'gon hipe'ts. 

sio'gon. 

kweno'metur. 

wo'gi. 

oslegoi'ts. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserte 

future date. 



1920] Waterman: Turok Geography 253 

140. qeneqa's. A rock in the river; a rather flat boulder, as is shown in ijlate 9. 

It lies just at the brink of the series of rapids. On June 7, when I was there, 
it was almost covered by water. Later in the summer it projects, as shown 
in the photograph. This boulder is the abode of one of the supernatural 
beings who wanted people to live forever. He is mentioned in the "death- 
medicines," the formula which is used in purifying people who touch a 
corpse. He has turned a bit sullen since his great disappointment, and now 
he gathers in the bones of all the people who are drowned in the rapids, and 
uses them for firewood. Corpses had to be carried behind him (that is, on 
shore). 

141. otsa'p-imu'r. This suggests otse'p-hipur, otse'p down-stream (see 142). 

142. o-tse'p. A rock in the river. It is addressed in the death-purification ceremony. 

At this point a corpse which had been carried overland all the way from 
E-116, might be reembarked. A site on the bluff overlooking the rock 
was once inhabited. There used to be pits, but at the time of my visit I 
was unable to find them. My informant recalled having seen there, years 
before, the traces of three houses. 

The location of the following places is uncertain : 

wokotS(Sk wrof. 

o-n(5gep, translated "where they always eat." 

o-m<^gra. 

rplrqr'L. 

himyeg6L. 

wryr"". 

amu'k. 



^Sfotes on Rectangle F 

3. re'kwoi-o-le'go, translated "re'kwoi where it-gathers." An acorn-ground. 

re'kwoi is the large town at the mouth of the river (see rectangle A, no. 51). 

4. estpa'»'-o-le'go, translated "espa where it-gathers." An acorn-ground with two 

shelters, espa'" is a town on the coast (see rectangle H, no. 14). 

7. ke'peiy-o-kl'm, translated "house-pits where bad (ugly)." An acorn-ground. 

The ground there is rough and broken, with irregular depressions, suggesting 
old house-pits. Hence the name, bad or ugly (kimolin) house-pits. 

8. te"kwon-rek. An acorn-place. The name was translated "the way the owl 

faces." The expression means literally "cornerward he-sits" (see tikwo, 
rectangle 1-19). The reference evidently is to some myth concerning the 
owl, but I was unable to get an explanation. 

9. hira'm-o-mcL-pi'gr, translated "hirii'm where-at-it-lives." The place was owned 

by the house hirii'm in meta'. 

12. po"toyo. A hollow in the hills. The whites call the place Bloody camp. The 
origin of this term I do not know. This place is referred to in a myth concern- 
ing the origin of the dog. 

14. o-ke'go-so'l, translated "where rapids on-top (?)." The word okego is used as 
a name for the rapids at qe'nck, which are the biggest on the river. The 
present spot is itself a stretch of "rough water" above these rapids. A small 
creek with quicksands comes into the river at this point. 

28. t'r'i. A fishing-place, especially good for sturgeon. 

29. wesito'. A fishing-place where numerous eels are taken. 



254 Uniccrxity of CiiUfornia Publications in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

32. wa'hsek. A town. I tliiiik this name goes back to a stem meaning "poor." 
The people here, in spite of the name, were extremely rich. Either the name 
was applied long ago, or else it was adopted by the inhabitants by way of 
alluding indirectly to their wealth (see E-68). 

The most noteworthy fact about the arrangement of the houses, which 
is shown on the accomjianying sketch-map (map 24) is that most of them faced 
on a trail which runs at right angles to the river. This is very imasual. The 
"original" structures were situated on a sharp declivity, very near the river. 
The old pits there are numbered 10, 11, and 12 on the sketch-map. At the 
time of the great flood these houses were washed avvay. 

The .site of the present village "used to be" called teke'tin (a dough 
made of grass seed). In myth times a woman, to whom this whole site 
seemed too rough and slanting, took "pinole," or grass-seed mash, and spat- 
tered it around above the village, making a flat place or plateau. Houses 
were not built there, however, until later. The shift took place before the 
present inhabitants can ronieniber although they are very elderly people. 
None of them ever heard of names for the old pits nor do they know anything 
about who lived there. 

A good many jokes are current about the elevated situation of this 
town, on a lofty blutT. The inhabitants are called " coyotes" by the other 
Inchans because when you pass in a canoe you see the wahsek people peeping 
over the edge, "like coyotes." It is also commonly reported that they live 
so far from the river that they have trouble finding flat rocks with which to 
cook their acorn-mush. 

Numerous places in and about the village had names. Thus there is 
one spot where birds are plucked (v), and another where deer are cut up (w). 
I strongly suspect that all the villages had such places, for in actual fact 
birds will be plucked in one ])articular place, a .spot where the feathers will 
not be a nuisance. My feeling is that the map of wa'hsek represents a very 
typical Yurok town from this point of view. The informants here were 
very old, and old-fashioned. Possibly similar names could be obtained from 
old people in each of the Yurok villages. 

30. o'men-emeL-u'kum, translated "o'men where " An acorn-ground, 

belonging to the people of o'men, on the coast, north of the mouth of the 
river (rectangle A, no. 26). 

38. Lokoi'L-we-kwoRL, translated "Thunder his fishing-place." This pool is now 
used by an Indian, but in myth times Thunder had a staging here, and used 
the place for netting salmon. 

3'J. orjM'rk. A creek. It is also called ma"a-.si)U, "never drink." It is known at 
the ]iresent time as John Gist's creek, from the white man who operates the 
ferry near this point. .\n old sa"aL Csjiirit) lives under the brush up this 
creek; that explains why iieople do not u.se it for drinking. He helped a 
man of the immortals, once, when qaames, evilly disposed supernatural 
beings from 6men, had stolen his boy. People going by on the river now call 
to this old sa"aL. As canoes pa.ss this point the Indians shout out in Yurok, 
"Take care of me! Help me'" 

40. wot'o'. A fishing-ijlace. This place is situated just below the spot where the 

cable which operates the ferry is made fast. 

41. nini-pu'ts-amo'i translated, I think, "suckers run-up." 

47. wo'xpa, translated "across the ocean." I do not know the explanation of this 

curious name. 
49. penio' wroi'. Pino creek. Peno is said to mean "to fall," "tumble." 
52. tegwola'"-o-sloq"', translated "oceanward where it-descends." A fishing-place. 



» » Ss O O 
i T3 w te on 

rr*— -'I d; C1./-1 



-= ^» 



f^ — r" 



p o c 

S' CI. 



[R 



- 3 2 3 -" :?rt» 
_ .- N 



o>2 

> 
H 

a 
o 



- r 



-■^ — I2.P — 



■a 



R ? 



II 



S 9. 



m 






-co to 



*i p 



■ o 

— g-rr » C 
» r r ^ 5: C=1 



- p p ; 



? S 3 W '•' . 

=■? 2 ?^3 2 

\Cco o -5 B 








^ ^ Tir S 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 



^^ ^ ^/^ 



Y- 



^ 






^ 



ij- 




o 
o 

2: 

o 



^-^ ?V iir ^ 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserte 

future date. 



1920] Waterman: Turok Geography 255 

53. a:yo'L. This place was variously described to me as a townsite and an acorn- 
camp. The fact is that it has been for generations a camp-site, but one old 
Indian was allotted the land here by the government, and built a large Indian 
house, in which he lived off and on, sometimes staying in it all winter. A 
shallow pit can still be seen where the house stood. One of Dr. Kroeber's 
informants shouted here, when passing in a canoe, calling upon a local spirit 
for favor and "luck." 

The location of the following places is uncertain : 

tsiiks-o-mitu'. A fishing-place. 

o-ro'o, translated "where cliffs." An acorn-ground up-hill from the 
south end of the ferry cable at Martin's ferry. 



Notes on Rectangle G 

This map shows the upper river limits of Yurok territory. The 
last Yurok settlement of importance on the Klamath is lo'-o-le'go (30), 
where a fish-weir was constructed. About that there were at least 
two small settlements, aiqo'o and o-tsepo'r. On a small flat called 
roimoi', still farther up, lying just below Thomson's bar, I found 
a house-pit, but was given to understand that the structure had been 
built there after the white invasion. I imagine that the settlement 
of o-tsep6r represents the last outpost of the Yurok. 

The next tribe up-river on the Klamath is the Karok. The first 
permanent Karok settlement encountered in going up-stream lies at 
the mouth of Red Cap creek, some five or six miles, as the river 
channel runs, above the Yurok village of o-tsepo'r. The exact boun- 
dary between the tribes was not known to my informants ; and I think 
that probably no definite boundary ever existed. 

A word about the confluence of the Klamath and the Trinity rivers 
may not be out of place. Three towns lie right where the streams 
join: we'itspus, pek""tu'L, and rlrgr'. As pointed out previously 
(p. 182), Yurok place names are scattered not only up the Klamath 
for a distance of fifty miles beyond Yurok territory but also up the 
Trinity for a similar distance. I might say, in a word, that every 
town in this whole region has three names. Each of the three tribes 
whose territories adjoin the confluence of the Trinity and the Klamatli 
has its own names for the towns inhabited by the other two. Some- 
times the names are translations or paraphrases, but in other cases 
they are quite independent. The fact that Yurok place-names are 
found all along the Trinity does not, therefore, in itself indicate how 



256 Uiiirersiti/ uf California Puhliratioiia in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. 16 

far Yiirok territory extended. "We are safe, however, in saying that 
thi' eontiuenee of the rivers was Yiirok territory, with three very 
important Yurok towns lying tliere, one of them, we'itspiis. being 
one of the largest in the whole tribal area. Goddard's remarks'' would 
limit the Yurok to the canyon of the Klamath. The Yurok in talking 
to me. however, claimed vei'y specifically that tlicy passcssed the canyon 
of tlie Trinity for a number of miles. The lowest Ilupa villages lie 
in Ilupa valley jn'oper, distant about six miles from the confluence. 
ISetween these two spots the Trinity pours through a very wild and 
.steep canyon. I jiresume that here, as on the Khunath itself, there 
was no definite boundary or frontier. The canyon was uninhabited, 
I was given to understand, until the coming of the whites. \Ve'itspus 
was burned soon after that influx occurred, as the result of friction 
between the I'aees, and for a long time after\\ar<l the whites felt some 
hostility towai'd the Indians. During this period a few Yurok families 
moved into tliis canyon and built houses. .Settlements grew up at 
o-smemo'RL (■"iG, below) and oslt-goi'ts (f)!)). The best known of these 
people was "('anyon Tom." wlm d(M'i\i'd liis nickname from the fact 
of his abode there. This Indian was himself half-Hupa, and married 
a wonuui from one of the best Ilupa families. These canyon people 
e\-en borroweil danee jiarapberiialia from the rich villages in Ilupa 
valley. 

The confluence of the two rivers is shown in thi' photograpli 
(])1. 11). The map herewith shows veiy clearly tlie r<'lation which 
the three Yurok towns bear to each other. They are disposed in a 
triangle right at the j)oint of juncture of the two streams. The 
largest is we'its]ius, which lies almost directly opposite the channel 
of the Trinity. I'ek""tu'L and rlrgr' each occupy a point of land. 
TIk'sc three towns, which ftally made one community, constituted, 
both in ]Hipulation and wealth, oui' of the most influential of Yurok 

centers. 

1. itprpi-'. .\ siiiiill circular lake. In myth times a luiniljor of "people" gathered 

at this point to shoot a sigantic bird with wonderful feathers, which occupied 
the summit of the mountain hegwono'L (Sheldon's butte), lying to the south- 
east, across the Klamath. 

2. ke'wet. A mountain, known to the whites as Rivet mountain. This is the 

highest peak in Yurok territory, and a great deal of mythology centers about 
it. .\ myth village lies on its slopes, invisible to mortal eyes. I think the 
name applies specially to thi.s myth village. In the stories, a young man, 
handsome and powerful, called kewets. probably because he comes from thi.s 
myth village, has many picturesque adventures. 

:> lW.i, p. 7. 



Wf5, 






3^ E 



- ^CC tC — O 000"»4 0JC/> 



Bl 



^ 03 to ^ o O 3C ^ w: C/1 <<^ CCIO 



o 



- ^-.■3 3 a.3 nj -3 -■ — 
' ' ^ 3'P '^ ^ ^ 






3; * 






:£'*<"'<' 



■O c 3q 






1 S E° 7 3 '":" 

= S!iH.I; i- 

r— ;p a, 3 



§=r 




1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 257 

5. aro'ox-pets. A place on the mountain side. In the jumping-dance ceremonies 
certain performances took place here. The people went to the crest of the 
hill above this point to shout at the spirits and ask for help. A stone seat is 
to be seen there which marks the exact spot. Before asking for help a person 
went without water, drinking only acorn-soup. Sexually also, they were 
under restrictions. Petitioners put angelica root in the fire, and shouted 
four times, up-stream, down-stream, and back into the hills in both directions. 
If the spirits an.swered it was a promise of good luck. .4fter that the person 
for ten days was not allowed to eat in the main house, but had to have special 
food of his own and to eat separately. 

10. aate'mr haa'g, translated "writing rock." The word aate'mr is now used with 

reference to the European alphabet. In the old days it meant the drawing of 
figures. The boulder so named is one of the few occurrences of pictography 
in this part of California. The figures are simple and geometric. They are 
said by the Indians to be the source and origin of all basket designs, which 
they closely resemble. 

11. meLnega'. A fishing-place. There is some confusion in my notes between this 

and a place some distance up-stream called wiLnega (no. 18). I am inclined 
to believe I may have mistaken my informant's meaning in regard to these 
two places. 

14. haagola'. (See no. 28, haagolok). 

18. wiLnega' wroi'. See above no. 11. 

21. we'itspus. A town. The word we'itspus, sometimes given as we'itspek, is 
said to mean "confluence." The name is applied specifically to a small 
spring, just to one side of the present village. In practice, we'itspek usually 
means the spring, and we'itspus, the town, but the Indians will not admit 
that there is any choice, or any difference, between the words. In front of 
the town there is an extensive bar. This was completely torn to pieces by 
hydraulic mining some years ago, and the original configuration of the area 
was completely altered. While the mining was in progress, we'itspus was 
quite a thriving settlement, and photographs taken years ago show many 
buildings which no longer stand. A store and numerous shacks and buildings 
of European construction partially obscure the few Indian structures which 
still remain. 

The town is on both sides of a small creek, and there is very little system 
apparent in the arrangement of the houses (map 26). A few of them stood 
in a straggling row, facing the river. The rest were set down anywhere. 
The names, however, will be found to almost exactly describe their positions. 
At the present time the creek runs into a large water-hole, in part artificial, 
where the villagers get their water. This creek in its upper part rims through 
a sort of dark tunnel, roofed over with a heavy growth oi brush, which was the 
abode of an old sa"aL, or spirit. Therefore in the old days the Indians would 
not drink the water in the creek but got their supply from the small spring 
we'itspek, just up-stream from the town (map 20, y). 

We'itspus is one of two towns where might be held the important 
deer-skin dance'", the other town being pekwan (rectangle D-54). In con- 
nection with this ceremony "parties" from different villages gave separate 
public performances. The old Indian who lived in the canyon above we'itspus 
on the Trinity (Canyon Tom, as he was called) gathered his retainers in a 
boat and performed a dance while floating down the stream. They started 
about half a mile up the Trinity, and floated down as far as the sand bar shown 



loGoddard, ]903, p. 81, describes this ceremony as performed by the Hupa. 



258 Uiiivfrxily of California Publications in Am. Arcli. and Ellin. [Vol. 16 

in plate 11. In the bow of the boat stood two men with head-dresses of 
slender, fle.vible rods, decorated with feathers. They bobbed their heads 
about in time to the music of the songs. The other men of the party held 
decorated deer-skins on poles, and these they moved up and down in rhythm. 
There were no paddlers, but a steersman in the stern kept the canoe in the 
middle of the river. On one occasion the boat upset, and the men all swam 
ashore, the deer-skins sticking up above the surface of the river. I did not 
succeed in getting anj^ clear account of the deer-skin ceremony. It was 
very elaborate, and certain portions or episodes were connected with very 
definite spots. 

The so-called jumping dance was even more elaborately localized, but 
again I have no definite information about the localities. Of the house names 
in we'itspus several refer to these ceremonial performances; for example, 
opi,^"i'weg, where they always dance, rki'gri, hair-ties. The dancing-place 
is still marked with a row of small boulders, lettered z on the map. 

22. o:re'"'. A fishing-place. This spot is where the current of the Ivlamath used to 
strike the south shore, making the water boil in a sort of an eddy. The 
channel, however, has shifted somewhat, A similar name, orii'" (rectangle 
C-32) is translated "where things drop." 

A monster lives in the water here, who enjoys the distinction of being 
the son of kaiju'loiyo (gambling instrument), and the grandson of the culture 
hero, wox])ek-()ma'"'. The protligy's name is tsooli-lqaa. He is covered 
with horns, as crowded as hairs, w-ith two extra large horns, striped trans- 
versely, sticking out of his forehead. These horns can sometimes be seen 
projecting out of the water, as the monster swims below. If a person can 
break off a piece of this striped horn he keeps it in his elk-horn purse, along 
with his shell money. Tlic horn attracts money, for money "likes" it. 
Therefore the person will get much money and be rich. The monster is of 
titanic size. His very lice even are as big as grasshoppers. 

2:j. rlrgr'. .A. town. This settlement lies just west of the junction of the rivers, 
on a low knoll. It was always a small place, but several of its families were 
rich and proud. All of the house-names are descriptive except one, tsapek; 
this structure got its name from the fact that its owner was a man from 
tsapek or .Stone lagoon. This one ftimily were very poor and much despised. 

24. pek""tii'L, translated "pile of rock-;." A town. This place lies just on the 

summit of a shar|) knoll, ovrrlooking the Trinity. It was slightly larger than 

rLrgr', and also numbered some very wealth}' citizens. The people got their 

water from the spring oku', z in the sketch-map. 
2."). honare'(i". .\ boulder just al>ove we'itsjuis. This rock is addressed in the death- 

]>urilication ceremony. 
2t). pi""'kar-o-re"', translated "slakes where they-cut." People met at this point 

to procure stakes for the fish-weir at lo'-o-le'go. 

25. haagolok. This term seems very siniihir to no. 11, hailgola', but they were given 

as separate jjlaces. 

29. lo'-o-le wroi'. A creek. For the name see the following. 

;i(). lo'-o-le'go, translated "fish-weir where they build." The site is also said to be 
called heyomu'. The place where this village stood has been worked with 
hydraulic apparatus, clear down to bedrock. Thirty years before my visit 
two house-pits and one sweat-house foundation were to be seen there. The 
houses had no names. The settlement nmst at one time have been consider- 
ably larger, for these ix'ople made up one of the four parties of performers who 
carried (jn the public spectacles in the deer-skin ceremony at we'itspus. 
They could not have done this had they not been rather numerous. Also, 



>■ O P o o c.*^ 

§■=-:'= 3 i 

H^3 - , 







OJ OirfkCOtO- 



-1 5 5 5" 



:?B"C j: 
<-S:3- 

fl> (t 5 - 

S-1 




1920] 7( aterman : Yiirol: Geography 259 

they must have had a great deal of wealth, in the form of regalia, or must 
have known where to borrow it. In either case, they were obviously iiiflui'ii- 
tial people. 

The dam, from which the localit.y takes its name, was built in different 
places every year, according to the height of the river and the strength of the 
current. I know nothing of the ceremonies. The Klamath is somewhat 
smaller above the confluence of the Trinity, and this dam probably did not 
require such elaborate preparations nor justify such elaborate ceremonies as 
the one which was built at ke'pel. The last of these structures was erected 
forty-one years before my visit (see no. 26). 

32. slo"o'. The word means, I think, "to descend a declivity " (cf. oslegoits). 

33. sa'iir. An acorn-camp. This place was worked with hydraulics in the eighties. 

Across the river lie many flat rocks, which to me seemed uneven. To the 
Indian's eye, they look just like the stone paving of a sweat-house. One of 
them remotely suggests the outline of a wooden head-rest, such as the Yurok 
use when sweating. Wo'xpekoma'', according to the account, made this 
place so he could lie at his ease and watch the girls going up the trail, close 
by the village across the river. 

34. pegwola'" wroi', translated "having-stone creek'' (see no. 33). 

36. potsl'. An enormous flat boulder, almost an island, lying in the river in front 

of the town aiqo"o (see next entry). The mythical accounts say that wo'.x- 
pek-omii"' made this rock after the place described under no. 33, above. 
For a fishing-place he had a platform of black rocks known as prraryr, from 
perae, "grease," a smooth basaltic formation. In the middle he made a hole 
to drop his net through. The traces of this structure are still to be seen. 
Ne-\t he made a fine broad trail, as wide as a wagon road, which is still visible 
at one side of the rock. Next he smoothed the top of the rock making it 
perfectly flat, as it is yet. This spot is called ego'or, flat basket. Here he 
made his house. He made this elaborate arrangement because right across 
the river is a resting place. The women used to stop there to rest after travel- 
ing along the trail, which comes close to the river at this point. From his 
fishing-place the hero had a fine view of them. 

37. aiqo"o. An Indian settlement. A word ego'or, meaning flat basket, is said to 

be at the bottom of this name. The reference is explained in the passage 
just above. At least two houses and a sweat-house stood here. 

38. o-teyo'. A boulder. Wo'xpek-oma"' also made a fishing-place here for his own 

use. He soon gave it up, however, because it was not good enough; he could 
not see anybody across the river. 

39. o-tsepo'r, translated "where it is steep" (tsipoi'). An Indian settlement. This 

site contains three well defined house-pits. My informant, who was born 
here, well remembers when several families all related, lived here. They 
had fine large houses. The leading man was called by the whites Bluff creek 
Jim. Just beneath the village is a fishing-place, which is a fine one even yet. 

40. roimoi'. A small flat. An Indian by the name of kinii'ts lived here for a great 

many years. He belonged in murek, however, and lived here only after the 
whites came in. Miners with hydraulic machinery ousted him. 

41. o-tl.a''wroi', translated "where it drips creek." A trickle of water. 

44. tsl'poi wroi', translated "steep creek." Bluff creek. This is one of the few 
Yurok creek names which is descriptive. The creek in its upper courses flows 
between stupendous bluffs. 

47. pe'LkoL, translated "pebbles." A bar in the river. 

48. o-keto'k, translated "where it is flat." Flat hilltop above pek""tu'L. 



260 Viiifcrfiit)/ «/' Cdtifornia Publicatu/ns in Am. Arch, iiiid Etliii. [Vol.16 

49. pekwtu'L-so, tran.shited "pek""tu'i^on-top." A ridge. It is also called "wogi- 

soteg, "in-the-niiddlc it-runs." A myth gives an account of a wo':ge, or 

immortal, bringing this ridge into existence by running along. 
51. megH'imo'r. This word was given me as the name of a bar, composed of small 

rocks or pebbles. The word ordinarily means "widower." 
54. re'kwoi, translated "mouth of a creek" (cf. rectangle A). 
56. o-smemo'Ri,, translated "where it slips," that is, a landslide. This name is 

upiilied to a place where a settlement grew uji after the white invasion. It 

contained three hoases and a sweat-house. 
58. o-.slegoi'ts, translated "where peoi)le-ahvays-desccnd." The word is the regular 

term for a place where a trail descends a declivity. An Indian settlement of 

three houses, with one sweat-house. 

There ai'e a good many places for which I could not ascertain 
definite locations. Among tliem are ciglit which serve as "places" in 
tile jiuniiiiig dance lield at weitspns; as follows: 

we''nt.'^a'iiks-(i-mei'l.wi's, translated "women where they bathe." 

nirr"mes. At this i)lace a siieech was made. 

e'geLnak". Place at which they danced. 

mu'iiM, translated "lookout." S]K)t on an ojien hillside where they danced. 

skoyamu'. Place at which liiey danced. 

ego'r-o-le'ge'lii*, translated "basket where " This name is 

applied to a small ridge which curves up-river going back from we'itspus. 
o-pyu'weg. 
po"otoi. 

Other |ilaecs whose location is uncertain: 

wa'men. Great open space on mountain back of ke'wct. 

ta"taweL. Sharp hill back of we'itsjnis. 

we'it.spus otsi'n oloma' flkso' wroi'. A small creek near we'itspus. 

meno'men. Open hillside near we'itspus. 

okriigr'. Place near we'itspiis. 

cie-tsai'Lke". Hock, near we'itspus. 

ago"s. Place on an old trail where a solitary pepper vvood grows. 

na'xqwoi. Phice !iear we'itspus. 

Of these, the expression we'itspus otsi'n o-loma' fikso' wroi' may be 
])araiilira.sed "we'itspiis young-man where . . . cluldrcn creek." I 
do not know what the name refers to. A rock qe-tsaiLkc is one of ten 
beings who are addi-essed in the death-purification cei'emony already 

mentioned. 




•i A -t, "> 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserte 

future date. 



1920] iratermaii : Yurol GfO(;ra;)7ii/ 261 



Notes on Kectangle H 

1. o-syo'h, translated "where landslide." 

2. o-tlii'*, translated "trickle of water" (-"where it-drips"). 

3. o-tse'ge weti'k, translated "where low-cliff its- " 

5. e'Lkei,-o-ro"o, translated "earth where cliffs." Three small promontories of 

hard earth. 
7. o-tega', translated "where it-thumps." A place where earth falls down in large 

chunks. The stem is said to be tahkta, "to jar" or "thump." 

10. ple'ken, translated "large." The last one of a series of tremendous cliffs, the 

Gold bluffs of the whites. 

11. o-pe'gis, translated "where they catch surf fish." 

12. a"golok. This is the point where people first see the ocean in coming along the 

trail from the interior. The name is said to refer to that fact. 

13. tetu's, translated "rough." A place where the cliff is full of boulders. 

14. espii'". A town. In composition this stem takes the form aspup, for reasons 

which I do not at all understand. It was quite an important place, situated 
on a lagoon. My informants recalled four houses and one sweat-house. In 
aboriginal times the number must have been larger. 

Curiously enough relations were particularly close between this place 
and certain towns on the lower course of the river, particularly ho'pa'"'. My 
genealogies show a large number of marriages between these two places. 
Trails across the mountains connected the two localities very directly. This 
was, however, not true of o'segen, a few miles to the north. That village had 
very little to do with the up-river localities. I know nothing about the houses 
in espii" e.xcept the names of two. 

15. espii'^-o-kfituL, translated "espa" where calm." Espa lagoon. 

17. nigwe'go. Place where the coast trail crosses a creek. The name is said to 

refer to that fact. 

18. t'i'gon. A point of land. Connected by my informants with tegoiye" we, 

"promontory." 

19. ye'gweL-tl-kwap, translated "Earthquake his house-pit." As remarked above 

this character is quite ubiquitous. His house-pit it is pointed out in several 
localities. The pits here are natural depressions (see p. 200) . 

20. o-kne'", translated "high." A rock slide, visible for a long distance, high on the 

hill slope. 

21. sekwona', translated "pestle." Redding rock. This enormous sea-stack lies 

six miles offshore. It was visited by the Indians in pursuit of sea lions, 
though they made the voyage only in still weather. This is the place where 
a young fellow from espa", one of such a hunting party, climbed the rock 
just for a lark. The weather suddenly became threatening, and his compan- 
ions were forced to put back for shore without waiting to take him aboard. 
He was never heard of afterward. I do not know whether a blood feud rose 
out of this action or not. The Indians say that the rock assumes different 
shapes at sunset. Much myth has centered around it. 

According to a myth it is one-half of a pestle. An Orleans girl, an 
immortal, fell in love with her brother, Root-boy. To escape her he stole 
away from home. She followed him all over the world, as it is known to the 
Yurok. Finally he set out across the ocean to rkrgr, beyond the sky. Catch- 
ing sight of him from the ocean cliff she broke her pestle in fury, and threw 
first one-half and then the other at him. Its fragments became Redding 
rock and a crag near Crescent City (see map 2, no. 7). 



262 University of Cnlifornia Publications in Am. Ai-ch. and Etlm. [Vol. 10 

22. te'kto-o-ktc'iiet.s, transUitcil "logs-whcrc thcy-Iie." A swamp. 

25. ko'ro'gis, the name of a jilant with bcrrips on it. This is applied as a proper 
name to a rock slide, where the plant is plentiful. 

2G. pegwola', or jiegwola'-o-leg, translated "flooring-stones where they pick-up." 
The word pegwola' means the slabs of stone witli which they paved the floor 
of the sweat-house. 

27. keyaweyu's, translated "entrance from the ocean into a lagoon." The place 
is a pass in the hills, between lofty elevations. The Indians say the ocean 
"used to" come in here. 

2S. mu'R.ii, translated "lookout-jioint." A lofty promontory. 

30. o-tmekwo'i!. An old town site. .\t the time of my visit five well marked pits 

were visible. I could find out relatively little about the people who had 
lived there. The situation of the pits is shown on the accompanying sketch- 
map (map 30, top). A very important Indian settlement, ore'q"', lay across 
the lagoon, to the south. I am not sure what the relation of these two villages 
was. I am inclined to think that the present settlement is really an archeo- 
logical site, the population having moved across the river a number of genera- 
tions ago. for .some reason. 

31. sl'gwets. Collection of houses. The situation of this and near-l)y places is 

shown in detail in map 30. This place seems to have been a suburb of the 
town of ore'q"', a few lumdred feet away. At least two houses and one sweat- 
house stooil here, ani-1 I tliink originally there may have been more. 

32. o-re'q". A town. A post office near by is called Orick. This place was the 

main settlement on this part of the coast. Six well defined house-pits are 
still to be seen, as well as traces of two sweat-houses and a cemetery. The 
arrangement of the I5its and their names is indicated in map 30. The ap- 
pearance of the site is shown in plate 13. .\fter sweating the inhabitants 
ran over the ridge behind the town and liathcil at the spot marked z. They 
seem never to have bathed ceremonially in th.' oc'>an. This town was one 
of five in Yurok territory in which jumping dances might be held. At 
present only one old Indian, called "Skirk" by the whites, lives here Csee 
p. 21.SI. The original population of the whnh" comnumity must have 
amounted to two or three dozen. 

31. ((cto'k, translaled "flat." .\ small plateau. 

35. o-rii'". A camp site. This place was described to me as a town. I have never 
visited the site, but the consensus of evidence is that it was no more than a 
collection of shelters used in gathering acorns. It represents the last outpost 
of the Vurok up Redwood creek, and lies some four miles from the coast. 
Above that some .six miles was otiep, the first town of the Redwood Indians 
or Chilula (tsulu-la). A similar name (rectangle C-32) is translated "where 
things drop." 

3li. a'nkau. .\ bluff on a mountain. People go there to "wish" by shouting. A 
wo'gc oner went there and wished to be rich. When he shouted there was no 
answer. Then he wished to be a great lumter. Then he shouted again. 
The answer (echo) was exactly like the bark of a dog. So he knew he would 
have his wish. 

37. o-kwe'gol translated "where they-shoot." An "arrow tree," Into which people 
shot arrows "for luck" (see A-30, p. 220). 



mekwo'R 
Five house-pits are visible here, 
for which no names were 
obtainable PP 
V is a spring called otrega', 
"where it_drips" 
eV' 

OUSES: 

tse'kweL, "flat place" 

me'rxqwi, "little" (?) 

wa'nau. "up-hill" 

rgr'its qerni %n 

he"wa VV 

ki'niolen, "ugly" 
, Recently improvised sweat-house 

Place on flat, cigwe'tsu 

Sprinfr, water supply, mr'xqwi 
higwou 

Bathing place on lagoon 




Map 30. The mouth of Redwood creek, showing two towus, ore'q" and otniekwR. 

Contour interval 25 feet. Kectangles represent old house-pits, no struc- 

Datum is sea level. lures beinij left. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be insertec 

future date. 



1920] Waterman: TuroTc Geography 263 

The location of the following places is uncertain : 

meke'L. A slide south of osegen. 

o-kyate'yeq". Place across the river from ore'q". 

wrtsr""'. Place east of the schoolhouse flat, at ore'q". 

yogoyo'r. Place just north of ore'q", on the coast trail. 

o-si'g. A place south ot espa'". 

se'pola-o-saxs, translated "prairie where " A place on the hill 

above espa'". They went there to make boats. 
o-le'geL. A berrying-place. A similar name (rectangle K-26) is translated 

"where they get clay (e'lkeL) for whitening buck-skin dresses." 
nege's. Near espa'". 



Notes on Reetaugle I 

The region represented by this rectangle is extremely varied and 
interesting. Along the surf line stretch three extensive lagoons, sep- 
arated from each other by sharp ridges and closed in on the land- 
ward side by lofty hills. The strip of sand separating the lagoons 
from the near-by ocean is perflectly flat and in places only a few 
yards across. The contrast between the heaving Pacific with its broad 
line of surf, and the quiet, still lagoon is very marked ; the sand barrier 
impresses one as being every moment on the point of vanishing. The 
lagoons in each case receive through numerous streams the drainage 
of a considerable area. The water level rises in the wet season behind 
the sand barrier, and each of the larger lagoons "breaks out" and 
for a number of months communicates with the sea through a rela- 
tively narrow channel. Then in the succeeding dry season the level 
of the water in the lagoons again sinks, and the sand barrier once 
more appears unbroken. 

Freshwater lagoon, the most northerly of the three shown on this 
map, had no Indian towns on its margin. The site of a wo'ge town, 
nr'rts-o-po'piL, formerly inhabited by immortals of giant stature, can 
be pointed out at its northern end. At the risk of seeming to exag- 
gerate, I may remark that after some careful inquiry among the 
Indians I still remained in doubt whether this was a real town in our 
sense of the word or a mythical town. When I asked if it was "real" 
they assured me it was and offered to show me the house-pits. As a 
matter of fact the depressions are not even artificial, and Indians, I 
am sure, never lived there. I consider it remarkable that the Yurok 
after a long association with the whites sliould still refer to the supei'- 
natural so blandly and in such a matter-of-course way as to cause 
confusion in the mind of an observer. 



2(!4 riiiitrsilij of Catifoniia Pithlication.s iti Am. Arch, and Etlm. [Vol. 16 

P^reshwatcr lagooii gets its name from the fact that it does not 
connect with the ocean at all. The water seems to find its way throngh 
the ])ar by seepage. When tliis lagoon ])roke out at its southern end 
in 1899 the oldest Indian in the vicinity tried to get up a jumping 
dance to ward oft" the sickness and bad luck which were considered to 
be brewing for the people. 

Stone lagoon had two villages, tsa'pek", (juite an important place, 
with at least half a dozen houses, and hr'gwr'", on the ojiposite shore. 
The latter name means "big." but the town itself contained not more 
than si-ven oi' right houses. I know little of either place except tliat 
it existed. Tlie body of water known as I>ig lagoon, as I have re- 
iiiaiked aliiive, was a center of population. At least six inhabited 
sites were to be fiiund about its shores, and one of these, usually called 
simply oke'to. "lagoon." was the scene of a jumping dance and a 
vcr.\- important ])lace both numerically and financially. As luck would 
iia.ve it, my notes aliout these jilaces (which liave long been uninliab- 
ited) are liolii scanty and contradictory. Undoubtedly the list of 
place names wliicli I olitaini'd in this locality could easily be exjianded 
tliri'cfold if one eonld get on the ground with a gooil informant. 

1. nr'rts-o-i)opiL. A town of the immortals. The localities which the Indians 

jioint out as house-pits are a few irregular depressions, one of them in the 
bedrook, on a precipitous slope. The name is said by one informant to 
mean "giants where they lived." Another said the name means "blankets 
where big" (popiL being associated with pleL, large), an expression alluding 
to the tremendous size of the blankets worn by the gigantic people who lived 
here. 

2. yots-o-kege'I, translated "boat where it-goes-over." This is a sjrat where the 

sand barrier between Freshwater lagoon and the ocean is very narrow. 
People used to paddle out of Stone lagoon, up along the beach, and run the 
crafts ashore at this point. Then they dragged them over the sand and 
launched them in Freshwater. There were no towns here and lience no boats. 
Freshwater lagoon, as the name imi)lies, normally did not open into the sea. 

3. pe'g^vl. "Freshwater lagoon." At this spot men came from the town of 

ore'q" to bathe after .sweating. 

4. toxteme'q"'. Place where Freshwater lagoim once broke out. 

.5. tikwo', tran.slated "corner" (cf. no. 19, below). Called by the whites Sharp 
])oint. This name is applied to an extremely abrujit ridge which rises shar|)ly 
at the .southern end of Freshwater lagoon, seijarating this body of w'ater from 
Stone lagoon. It juts into the sea like a knite l)lade, and is rimmed with a 
white line of sinf even in (|uiet weather. 

0. pek"te'L. translated "piled ui) rocks." A sea-stack lying in front of Stone 
lagoon. The strata have broken up in more or less flat masses; hence the 
name. The expression occurs in <lilTerent, form also as the name of an im- 
portant town at the junction of the Trinity with the Klamath. 

7. osegeiu'i'in, translated "osegen fishes." Osegen is a town some distance north- 
ward (sec rectangle B-24). 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 265 

8. hrgwr""', translated "big." A town. This settlement was also called plepe'i, 

also meaning big. As explained above, the name can hardlj* refer to the size 
of the town. One informant said there were seven houses and two sweat- 
houses. In the early sixties Chilula (Bald hill Indians) came over the hills 
on a raid, and killed ten people here. 

9. o-rl'Ik, or o-riokiwi'ts, translated "where he-angles." People are said to have 

angled here for perch. 
10. tsa'hpek"'. A town. The settlement is called by the same name as the lagoon. 
I am uncertain whether the town names the lagoon, or the lagoon the town. 
Analogy with other place-names would suggest the former. As a matter of 
fact, when informants refer specifically to the lagoon, they say tsa'hpek" 
o-ke'to, tsa'hpek" "where it is flat (calm) " (see no. 11). Eleven house names 
were obtained. 

12. o-pego'L, translated "where it-is-grayi.sh." 

13. o-qege'i, translated "where it-goes-over." A sharp ridge at the southern end 

of Stone lagoon, separating it from the great Big lagoon beyond. The 
name refers to a place where the main coast trail goes up and over this ridge, 
or divide. The ridge is called Goat rock by the whites. 

14. tso'tskwi. A town. The site is undoubtedly a former lagoon. I think the 

water had disappeared before the coming of the whites. What was once a 
small pond or marsh in the deei>est part of the ancient depression has now 
been drained and plowed up. An important Indian village stood here, but 
has not been inhabited since more than a generation ago. The whites call 
the place Dry lagoon. One informant remembered having seen twelve 
houses and two sweat-houses here. 

15. pr'gris-o-tsye'guk, translated "bald-eagle where he-sits." A crag overlooking 

the sea. 

16. Rock where Thunder lives. I did not obtain the Indian name for this crag 

nor do I know anything further of myths concerning it. 

17. poix'ko-o-lep, translated "flat-basket where it-lies." A knoll. Chicken-hawk, 

kr'nit, left Trinidad with his wife, and started on a journey. At this point a 
rainstorm came up, and they covered themselves with a flat basket. This 
utensil is still seen, in the form of a dome of rock. 

18. os-o-il'ukweL. A crag at the cliff edge. Two nighthawks (kweyu'ts) once had 

a battle here, one of them being from qe'nek (rectangle E-137) the other from 
su'mig (Patrick's point). The qe'nek bird shot all his arrows away first and 
began to use rocks. I think the result can be seen in a number of scattered 
boulders either on shore or in the sea. 

19. tekwo', translated "corner." The term is said to mean the corner or extremity 

of a lagoon. It occurs aho in the form tekwanuL (cf. no. 5, above). 

20. lega'. The lagoon sometimes breaks out at this point, and the name is said to 

refer to that. 

21. pa"ar. A town on Big lagoon. I am unable to say anything about this place 

further than that it was of considerable size. 

22. o-slo'q". A site on Big lagoon. On the hill back of this place the fir trees 

stand about like people engaged in the deer-skin dance. A myth recounts 
that "somebody" who was trying to start the deer-skin ceremony without 
being able to find the "right" place tried it out here; hence the appearance 
above mentioned. A huge leaning tree here is known as wo'xpak-omii»'s cane. 
The Athapascan Chilula associate both the.se ideits with a locality in their 
own bailiwick (see Goddard, 1914, p. 288). A very aged informant had never 
seen houses here, but her predecessors had. 



266 JJniversit;/ of Califortiia PnhUcations in Am. Arch, and Ethn. [Vol. Ki 

23. kC'"' kem. k small Indian settlement containing formerly four houses and a 
sweat-house. The term occurs as the name of a group of pits, in rectangle 
D-105. 

25. ma"ats. A town. Informants recalled five houses here. 

26. o-ke'to, translated "where it is calm fflat)." Big lagoon. The numerous Indian 

towns on its shores have already been commented upon. Enormous numbers 
of water birds still frequent the lagoon, and must have been an important 
resource for the natives. Duck hunting was done both with the bow and 
arrow, using arrows with wooden points, and with nets in which the birds 
entangled their feet in alighting on the water. 

27. ni"wo, translated "middle." .\ point half-way across, near the middle of Big 

lagoon bar. 

29. o-leqwo.se'q", translated "sand bar sticks out." .\ place where the sand bar in 

front of Big lagoon bends somewhat occanward. 

30. o-kege'to. The word suggests "where it is always calm." 

31. kne'gweloiL, tran.slated "long trees lie" (kne, "long"). A place on the sand spit. 
34. nrgr'i-o-iL, translated "as far as it comes." The expression seems to mean 

literally "rocks where they end." The name is applied to the exact point 
where the clilTs end and the sand beach begins. There is a small knoll there. 
A spirit lives there who helps you, the Indians say, "if you go and talk to 
him." 
3.5. o-pyQ'weg, translated "where they dance " .\ large town containing eighteen 
houses, situated on the south shore of Big lagoon. The place is also very 
commonly known simply as o-ke'to, where it is calm, i.e., lagoon, or lagoon- 
town. The term "where they dance" fo-pyu'weg) refers to the celebration 
here of a jumping dance. I know nothing of this town except the names of 
the houses. 

37. mii'Rkwi. .\ closely similar name occurs in rectangle E-54 as the name of one 

of the boulders that flank the fish-weir there. 

38. i)i'.N'pa. .\ settlement. This term was given to me as the name of a town very 

close to o-pyu'wcg. So far as I can tell there were no house-names there. 
I am inclined to regard it as a suburb. 

39. o-we'}'ek, translated "bluff gets low." This is the point where the beach ter- 

minates at a line of cliffs, which gradually increase in height toward Patrick's 

point. 
43. nryi't-mu'uN. This expression is translated variously "wild ducks where they 

started in" (that is, "where they started in netting ilucks") and "wild duck's 

lookout " Cmu'iin). 
45. to'lowcL. .-^ .sea-stack. The word is the Vurok expression for their neighbors 

to the north, the Tolowa. What the application is, I do not know. 

40. o-le"N'. .\ sea-stack and outlying reefs. This name is not to be confused with 

o-le'M, in rectangle ,1, although the two lie close together. This rock was a 
sea-lion hunting groimd. The wo'ge (immortals) carried these rocks and ])ut 
them there. 

Tile locjitioii of tlic followiiiij places is tuiciTtain : 

o-le'gei,. An open hillside near Stone lagoon. .\ similar name (rectangle 
K-26 is translated "where they get clay (elker,) for whitening buck- 
skin dresses." 

ho'hko. Saiil to be a settlement near Stone lagoon. 

sigoni'i. .\ group of depressions considered by the Indians the house-pits 
of an immortal village. They lie somewhwere on Freshwater lagoon. 




^ ^ lir S 



s 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserts 

future date. 



1920] Waterman: Yurok Geography 267 

oosa'mits. Said to be a "town" on Freshwater lagoon. 

o-tu'uk. Place near the present stage road where the Indians used to make 

boats. A half cut tree stands there yet. 
tso'tskwi-hipau. A beach boundary, south of tso'tskwi. 
o-stse'gep (or o-tse'gep), translated "where they disembark." A site with 

house-pits between Big lagoon and tso'tskwi. 
tekwana'L. A settlement, south of tso'tskwi. 
tse'ixko. A spot south of tso'tskwi. 
supa'U. A spot .south of tso'tskwi. 
so"o-o-gur, translated "corpse his water." A small lake near Big lagoon. 

Disembodied souls enter this lake to go to the underworld, 
ni'krk. Spot near Big lagoon. 

qe'Lqu. A spot near Trinidad (rectangle K-31). It is also called o-kegeye'L. 
he" wo. Place near Big lagoon. 

e'keg-o-srai. Spot near the south side of Big lagoon. 
q'war q'war. A settlement of two or three houses, somewhere on the shore 

of Big lagoon, 
le'yes-o-sro. A spot between Big lagoon and Stone lagoon, apparently 

south of tso'tskwi. 
Lkere'i. Spot, probably north of tso'tskwi. 



Notes on TJeetangle J 

2. keskl'L, tra;nslated "wood-compartment." An outcrop where the rocks stick up 

on end, like the fire wood which stands on end in a Yurok house. 

3. o-pegoi'yur, translated "where you-alway.s-hang-garments." A gully, where 

the wind "sucks" hard. If you want people to die, you get some of their 
garments and hang them here to rot. 

6. o-kne'get, translated "where they-always-get-flint." A crag on the ocean cliff. 

7. mrgr'N, translated "barnacle-place" (nrgr'i, barnacle). A small promontory, 

called Rocky point. 

8. e'niuma'", translated "slanting." A point where slanting strata run out into 

the ocean. 

9. kwrsrmr'i. A rock just offshore. The people hunted sea lions here. 

10. o-le'.M, translated "where they camp." A good deal of confusion exists in my 

notes between this place and some large sea rocks lying about a mile offshore. 
One of these rocks is called o-le'N (rectangle 1-46). The Indians went there 
after sea lions. The present spot is a camp site, at which such hunting 
parties were organized. 

11. su'mig. A point called by the whites Patrick's point. This promontory and 

the region back of it are celebrated in Yurok song and story (see above p. 246; 
al.so E-116, p. 251). This region is the abode of the last immortals. Although 
these beings left the other parts of Yurok territory when the Indians came into 
existence, they still linger on here. I think the most important of them are the 
Porpoises, who are still considered as people, not as animals. For other 
supernatural beings see below. 

12. o-wa"ar. This is the eastern of two sea-stacks, called by the Coaal I'ilol, 

Turtle Rocks. 

13. tskwe'ges-w-aag, translated "harbor-seal his rock." This is the western and 

larger of the two rocks mentioned in no. 12. 



268 Viiinrsif ij of California ruhlicutions in Am. Arch, and Etliii. [Vol. 16 

14. niclt''kwa. This expression means, I tliink, "excrement." A rock close by the 

trail on the flat. It is also called o-prgr. 
10. Mictke''ox, translated "supernatural footprints." A rock with depressions on 

its surface. W6xpek-oma" is said to have left his footprints here. 
17. yr'nr'pu (yr'nr, "abalcme shell"). A place by the creek where people cleaned 

abalone .shells. 

19. kwestsT'n, translated "strawberries." The sloping side of a promontory. 

20. o-prrar'g, translated "l)asalt." A beach of blue basaltic pebbles. The stem 

peme, "grease," is said to be the ultimate source of this term. The blue 
. basalt is slippery, and "greasy." 

22. o-tspa'niik, translated "long." A beach, covered at high tide. 

23. knu'Lkeni, translated "deep gully, gorge." The name is applied to a resting 

I)lace, imder a high clifT. 

28. hiliwok, said to mean "big." A sea-stack. 

29. lepomji'", said to mean "put another rock" or "atlil a rock." A point which is 

prolonged in the form of a reef, with occasional rocks showing in the surf. 
A man tried to get across the ocean and put down boulders as stepping-stones. 
The peiiplr at the town of oke'to, however, did nut want a way across to be 
made. So they made the builder come back when he was only part way over, 
and pulled back most of his rocks. A few near shore are all that remain of 
the enterjjrise. This point was a boimdary between Trinidad and oketo 
towns. People came here to collect edible seaweed (tsegiL) for drying. The 
name is said to refer to this fact. 

30. sme'tsken, tran.slatecl "chi|)niunk." .\ distant sen-stack, very sm.-iU. Chip- 

nmnk, according to a myth, rolls himself about nul there. I do not know the 
details of the story. 

31. mu're(|"', translated "large cooking basket for acorn mush." A large sea-.staok, 

called by the Coat:! Pilot, Hodge rock. 

32. o-Lme'yes (Lmei, bad, dangerous). A sea-stack. For some reason, this rock is 

believed to be liail. No one ever goes near it. 

33. te"kwr', translated "iilace where young seals were clubbed." The sjiot was 

used as a camj) site by Trinidad (tsurai) for gathering seaweeil, not for hunting 
sea manmials. 

34. wokse'i, said to mean "large upen spac(> with grass." A resting-place on the 

coast trail. 
3."). kne'g\volek. translated "long." A sea-stack, which is vertical and rather high, 

not long. The name may be mythical, not descriptive. 
3r>. wora'". ,A sea-sfaek. An old woman in myth times once did something out 

here; my informant could not explain what. 

37. o-tla'", translated "where it drips." .\ trickle of water. 

38. pegwola'L, translated "flat paving or flooring stones for the sweat-house." A 

sea-stack, where the strata project in thick slabs. The name alludes, I 
think, merely to this a|ipe.-irance. 

39. o-pegl'I, translated "wIktc you-alway.s-get-mu.ssels" (pii). A distant se.a-stack, 

almost submerged. 

41. tsm(/'op"-ri-pa"a, translateil "Wildcat his water." A distant sea-stack. It is 

said that Wildcat always drank here. I think the name refers to a time when 
the (iceaii was not there, and its entire bed was ordinary landscape. 

42. wr'gn,, translated "woriTiy" (wr'gr, worm). A small sea-stack. The mussels 

here have ni.'iiiy woiiiis among them. 
4.3. o-syrgr'is, translated "where they-enter." A sea rock, with two jioints. Boats 
are run in between these points when the peojjlc are gathering nuissels. 




^ tr ^ "^ 



s 



Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserted at a 

future date. 




Fold-out 
Placeholder 



This fold-out is being digitized, and will be inserte 

future date. 



1920] TTaterman: Turol- Geography 269 

45. re'kwoi, translated "creek-mouth" (cf. A-51). 

47. tepo', translated "steep," or "it stands upright." A mountain's side. 

49. qesqeia'q", translated "standing on edge." A sea-stack. Compare with this 

expression, keskit, wood-compartment (where the wood is stood on end). 

50. o-ke'gep, translated "where they-lie-in-wait." A sea-stack. People went here 

to hunt sea lions. 

51. me'\viL-e"g:rN, translated "elk stand-always." A promontory, called by the 

whites Elk point. 

52. we'tpa-o-rl'igen. 

53. le'poJL-o-pkwe'gets, translated "hair where it-emerges." A reef, around which 

the water "boils." It is said that deer-hair, bear-hair, and elk-hair come out 
on top of this water. 

54. o-meno'q", translated "where it-projects." A small promontory. 

55. tixL-o-le'go, translated "yellow where they frequent." A stretch of beach 

in front of a yellow blutf (ti'Npel, yellow). 
57. te'wi-o-re'ga, translated "in-front where they-pass." A small promontory, 

in front of which people pass back and forth when the tide is out. 
59. tsme'yis-o-ro"o, translated "where cliffs." A place on the hillside. People 

used to go out to "talk to" the trees here, asking for help. 

The location of the following places is nueertain : 

weritsr'qx'-o-le'guk. A place north of Mill creek. 

qe'q^sen-o-qegeye'gwets, translated "redwood-bark they peel." A place 
considerably north of Mill creek, where people went to procure red- 
wood bark, for the manufacture of the dresses of shredded bark worn 
by "doctor." 

0Li"ir. Place north of Mill creek. 

qe'rets-o-les. Crag on seashore. 

se'ge-w-o'o'lemeL, translated "Coyote his house." 

se'polek-o-sre'qwoni. 

Le'weL. A rock. 

wrLqri'sne-w-o'o'lemeL, translated "wolves their house." 



Notes on Eectangle K 

1. o-tswl'gen, translated "where you talk." A group of flat rocks. If a person 

tells the spirit in here his troubles the si)irit will give him help. 

2. o-lu'p, translated "sound of breakers." A place, on the present baseball ground, 

where the sound of the breakers on the beach comes to one very clearly. 

4. e"go'. A beach. This spot was a carai)ing-i)lace for parties who were going 

out for fish and sea lions. 

5. ra'yip, translated "on the other side, beyond." A pebbly beach. 

6. mewome'kwel. This name is applied to the level ground which abuts on the 

knoll called Trinidad head. MekweL, which seems to make up part of the 
expression, means a pile. 

7. pe'me-o-le'gelin, translated "grease where it hangs." A place under the shadow 

of Trinidad head. I think the word pe'ino means specifically whale blubber. 



270 University of CaUfornia Publications in Am. Arcli. and Ethn. [Vol. IG 

8. o-tr;i'hko, translated "where it drops or trickles." A cave. People used to 

go back into this cave in order to get rich. If one drop of water fell on the 
candidate he would soon be wealthy. If two drops fell on him he could never 
get out because the rock closed. One man, with a great deal of "power," 
went in there once and two drops fell on him. Then he went right through 
the solid rock of Trinidad head, and came out at a place just beside where 
the wharf now stands. 

9. ho'ktkeL, said to refer to the manufacture of bows and arrows. This is said to 

be a place where the people practiced shooting with the bow. 

10. ma"aq. Said to mean "he sits forever." The literal meaning may be "not 

does he move." A point of rocks. A man once went there to "cry" for 
luck; that is, to weep and call on the supernatural beings for help in becoming 
rich. He sat there one day, crying, when all at once he saw the "money" 
(dentalium shells) in the water, as numeroiLs as sardines. He sat there con- 
tinually, refusing to go away. Finally he turned to stone; and is there yet. 

11. tsure'wa. Trinidad head. The stem resembles the word for mountain, tsurai. 

The name is not descri|)tive, for the head is not more than a knoll of rock, 
connected with the shore by a low and rather narrow neck. Right at the top 
of the head there is said to be a hole in the rock, with a spring in it. 

12. o-nc:go', tran.slated "where it meets." A small inlet. The waves meet here in 

a sort of a chasm or cleft, and leap U]! the rocks. 

13. lege'p'au, translated "cache." A hole or cave in the rocks. Here people ased 

to leave harpoons and other tackle when they went away from Trinidad. 

14. tmcH u mi" i,-olo'o'. Said to mean "watches the people." Spot on the side of 

the head. A one-legged spirit lives there, who keeps track of everything 
peo])le do. The jiresent-day people, who are unclean and keep none of the 
taboos, are unaljle to see him. 

15. ne" mil"' (ncma'q™, adze). A point, shaped like a Vurok adze, which has a curved 

handle of stone. 

16. ko'ixkuL-o-le'g^vo'.\I, said to mean "perforated-stone where it-is covered." A 

cave. People took angelica root to this cave, which lies just below the 
liresent lighthouse, and put it in a jjool of water which is found in a recess. 
The water would whirl when that was done. If that root were used in con- 
nection with some undertaking it would turn out well. 

17. pu'uktik-o-o'lo, translated "albino deer where he-stands." .\ \nni\t of rock just 

below the last mentioned i)lace. I do not know the reason for the name. 
10. yu'i.pets. Said to mean "white." A great sea rock, called by the whites 
Pilot rock, because incoming schooners take the bearings of the anchorage 
from it. 

19. hryrmr'is, translated "corner." Place where the configuration of the head turns 

back toward shore. 

20. tsrhr'lik (tsr'hr is the sea lion harpoon). A hole in the rock near the outer side 

of the head, where people cached harpoons and other tackle. 

21. o-leg:i"", translated "where they-come." A place near the end of the present 

wharf. It got its name because things drift ashore there continually. 

22. u-kwe'wan, translated "his basket" (qe"woi). Place below the cliff between 

Trinitlad head and the smaller point known as Little Trinidad head where 
there is a small beach. 
2:!. o-to'hpa", translated "where there is a hole, or passage." A place wlu're there 
is a natural archway through a point of rock. 









S- -a. 

; -5".- 

«=: = : 



£ ?r-^- 



3 H 







1920] Waterman : Yurok Geography 271 

24. kr'nit-w-6'oL, translated "Chicken-hawk his house." A promontory, called 

by the whites Little Trinidad head. Chicken-hawk, a famous myth charact- 
er, seems to have had hi.s original home at this spot. Aftersvard he went off 
on a sort of a tour, and place-names all over the country bear testimony to 
his deeds. 

25. kr'nit-we''-yots-o-lep, translated "Chicken-hawk his boat where it-lies." A 

rock in the surf which resembles a canoe turned upside down, covered by the 
water at high tide. A myth recounts that kr'nit when he went away turned 
his boat over and left it there. Ocean was this hero's wife. She was always 
talking and muttering, the Indians say; "and she is that way even yet." 

26. o-le'geL. Said to mean "where they obtain clay, or earth." People came here 

to obtain blue clay, which was used "like soap" to whiten buckskin dresses. 

27. o-mi'Ige. Said to mean "where they practice, or imitate." Little girls went 

to this spot, on a small promontory, to practise the brush dance. 

28. we'tpa-o-ri'Igen, apparently meaning "sea lion where he always-sits." A point 

of rock, which Ls said by the Indians to look like a sea lion's head. This name 
occurs also in rectangle J-52. 

29. pr'Lkwrk. Said to mean "gray," or "yellow." A small rock in the surf. 

30. o-stse'gep (or o-tse'gep), translated "where they-disembark." A rock lying just 

in front of the landing-place. 

31. tsu'rai, translated "mountain." A town. The situation of this place is rather 

interesting. It lies near the white settlement of Trinidad. The white town 
occupies a flat of a good many acres' extent, with Trinidad head on the sea- 
ward side, and the hills rising, heavily timbered, to the east. The bluff is 
rather wind swept. The Indian village lies over this bluff, on a slope leading 
down to Trinidad bay. I recall that the Indian village is as completely out 
of sight as though it did not exist until one approaches the summit of the 
declivity and looks down. On the day of my visit, a cold wind was sweeping 
over the treeless flat about the white town, but in the Indian village, down over 
the bluff, the air was still warm and pleasant. At the present time few relics 
of the Indian village remain. A few Indians still frequent the place, but they 
live in European structures. The accompanying sketch-map (map 34) shows 
the arrangement of the houses. 

The man who lived in house 4, tsu'rai, is said to have been enormously 
wealthy and a great tyrant. He owned places far to the south, on Little 
river, and also far to the north along the coast. He is said to have had eleven 
wives. 

33. eqo'r-o-tep, translated "cooking-basket where it-stands." 

34. pego'hpo, translated "split." A sea rock with a cleft in it. 

35. liqo'men-o-yowek, meaning possibly "bait where they-leave." A flat rock in 

the bay. People are said to have left bait there and fishing-lines, 

36. egoile'pa, translated "cache'' (cf. no. 14, above). A rock, like the preceding. 

People left fishing-tackle there also. 
38. nuu'xpoq, translated "double." A great rock, or two rocks, divided l)y a wide 
chasm. The whites call it Prisoner's rock. 

40. maoi'qoro, translated "round." A sea rock. 

41. prxte'q", connected with pa.xtek, "storage basket." A rock half buried in the 

sand, resembling in shape the utensil named. 

42. prgwr"". The end of Trinidad beach; the jjlace where the cliffs begin again. 

43. o-le'gep. The word is said to refer to the fact that the rock stopped the wind and 

made a warm place. 

44. he':wo' ll wroi'. A creek. The word is said to mean large. X crag on the cliff 

edge is called he':wo'lI, but I do not know its exact location. 



272 Vnirtrsiti/ of Culiforiiia Puhlicdlidiif: in Am. Arrli. diid Elhn. [Vol.11) 

45. pema'ks-o-le'g, translated " soapstone-dish vvliere they-make." 

47. o-lo'xtsuL, translated "where they wet basket materials" (in weaving baskets). 

A rock in the bay. The origin of the name I am not certain about, but I 
think it refers to the fact that the top of the rock is just a-wash, and always 
wet. 

48. o-kr'grp, tran.slated "where they always gather clams" (keptsr'). A series of 

rocks and reefs, extending out from shore. I think the name, again, refers 
to the fact that the rocks look like clam shells, scattered about. 

51. t:i"am-o-slo', translated "elderberry-bush where it-grows." A crag. 

53. tewe-o-rega, translated "in-front where they-pass." Place where the trail turns 
to avoid some rocky cliffs. 

55. yr'mr'k, translated "crooked." A distant sea rock. 

56. r'trgr, translated "where they get Indian potatoes" (edible bulbs). This name 

was given to me with reference to several places, one of them on Trinidad 
head, and again as the name of a sea-stack. This is the only place where I 
could get a definite location for the name. 

57. o-kne'get, translated "where they always get arrow-points." Once, in myth 

times, someone was going to make the rock here into a place where people 
could go for arrow-points, but the scheme fell through. 

5S. o-ke':ga, translated "where people get angelica root." This root (wo'Lpei) was 
used in connection with prayers, being burned in the fire. 

59. tepo'na (tepo-trec). Rock, lying close offshore, n-ith a tree on it. 

00. oml'mos-w-aa'g, translated " Hupa his rock." Two small sea rocks almost sub- 
merged. A Hupa man bought this rock from the peojile in Trinidad, because 
he liked mu.ssels to eat. According to the account, the Hupa came over every 
season to collect the mussels (])i'T). 

61. qege't-u-wrL, translated "panther (that is, puma) his tail." A long, low-lying 

sea rock. 1 think the name is descriptive of its configuration. 

62. tegwo laiig, meaning (probably) "oceanward rock." 

63. kwl'gerep, translated "sharp." A narrow sea rock. 

64. pol'k, a bird. The word is said to be the word for niglithawk (kweyu'ts) in 

the coast dialect; hut this seems unlikely. 

65. ketke'rok, translater "hanging down." The usual word is ara'", which may be 

contained in this exjiression. 

66. o-surg, translated "blowhole." A cave at the water level, which is filli'd with 

each advancing wave, the compression of the air inside blowing out a burst 
of spray. 

67. me'.stsek. tran.-ilated "meadow." A flat behind a cliff. The whites rigged up a 

cable here for loading schooners with shingles from a small mill which stood 
close by. The place is known as Honda landing. 

70. riiyipa', translated "on the other side," "beyond." 

71. sre'por. A site with house-pits and a great quantity of shell. Some of my in- 

formants saitl there were once four houses and a sweat-house here. The site 
overlooks Little river, and was Yurok. Concerning its importance, and 
whether or not it w:is a permanently inhabited place, I have no information. 

72. rtskrgr'n, translated "everybody looked." A great rock, beside the stream 

(Little river). A myth recounts that kr'nit, the chicken-hawk, was going to 
build a fish-weir here. "Everybody looked," however, in defiance of the taboos 
governing in such matters, so he never succeeded. 

74. o-kso'lig, translated "where he fell," or "where they |)ainted him." Sun (won- 

Q'-sleg, "overhead he goes") once fell down here. Raccoon and his brother 
l)ainted his face and threw him back .again. 

75. o-kwe'ges, translated "where i)eople get strawberries" (kwestsi'ia). 



1920] 



Tl'aterman: Turolc Geography 



273 



I was unable to get definite locations for the following places : 

no'osogo'r, translated "baby basket." A crag on the hillside, somewhere to 
the north of Little river. 

no"o, translated "split," or "double." A sea-stack far to the north of Trinidad 
Not to be confused with no. 38 of the present series. 

o-tskrgu'n. A crag somewhere north of Little river. 

he'weL, translated "stand up," or "it stood up." The story goes that an 
old woman from Trinidad out getting wood once cut down a tree at 
this spot, working with wedge and maul. The tree fell. Then after 
a time it stood upright again; then the old woman ran away. The 
story accounts for the name. 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF PLACE NAMES 

The order of characters is : i, e, a, a, r. o, u, w, y, h (x), p, m, t, s, 
ts, n, 1 (l), k (q), g. The letter and arabie munerals following each 
name indicate the rectangle and the location upon this rectangle of 
the place named. A letter followed by an asterisk indicates that the 
exact location of the place named is not known. 



e'repa wroi'. 1-42 

eRke'. H-4 

CRke' WToi'. H-5 

e'xgo'. D-83 

e'^po u kwapeL. B-12 

e'mets wroi'. See amonek wroi' 

emkikl' rpqwr'ix. A* 

e'so. 1-32 

espa'". H-14 

espji'" oke'tuL. H-15 

espii'" ole'go. F-4 

etskwoku"uk. A-70 

enikole'L. Map 2-50 

e'nek. Map 2-24 

en:uma''. J-8 

e'geLnak. G* 



ayo. Map 2-59 
ayo'omok. Map 2-14 
ayo'h. A-7 
ayo'L. C-52, F-53 
ayo'L wroi'. F-54 
iipye'". Map 2-18 
amonek. B-20 
a'monek wroi'. B-19 



a 



C-29 



e'Npe". C-66 
e'Npe" wroi'. C-65 
e'Lkel oro"o. H-6 
e'tkel ote'p wroi'. 
e'keq osrai'. I* 
eqo'r otep. K-33 
e"xgo. D-83 
e"go. K-4 
ego'oloq". E-99 
ego:le'pa. K-36 
egolo'ts wroi'. E-113 
egolo'k. Map 20 
egwole'q". G-3 
egwole'q" wroi'. IS-130 
egwole'q" higwo'n. G-4 



a'spik osku'. A-32 
atskwoku"ii. B-5 
ii'nkau. H-36 
akor ote'p. A-35 
iikonileL. Map 2-13 
a"golok. H-12 
aguir ole" ge" la". G* 



•27 i 



Viiiversih/ of CtiUforiiia rubliriilioiis in Am. Ari-li. and Etiiii. [Vol. IG 



:iiqi)"o. G-:57 
aatemr' haii'g. C.-IO 
aro'ox-pets. G-5 
au"wo. E-S4 
aukweya'. E-109 



aukwt'va' wroi'. E-110 
amuk. E* 
alo'n. K-5 
ago"os. G 



r'. r-34 

rl'niq ego'. D-109 
re"ptein. D-94 
rpqoi'rics, A* 
re'kwoi. A-.-jl, G-54, J-4.'5 
rp'kwcii I'liKT^prgr. C-40 
re'kwoi ole'go. F-3 
regr'ogits. E-8S 
re'gok oyu"u. A-8 
rego'k-onui'. C-H() 
rai '>■(]. E-.'ll 
ra'yi]). K-."i, lv-7() 
riiyoik. Map 12-1.") 
rooke'tsii. .Map 2 
ro:moi'. (1-41) 
I'o'.s otu'k. E-121 
ront.s ole'so. D-fMi 
ro'gon ego'. D-Sl 
i"wr. B-4.^ 
rwrgrLr"i|. D-s 
rpl'k. ,J-1 
rpryu'KL. ]C-'J'2 
rplii'". K-:ii) 
rplr'. E-i:iC) 
r|ilr(ii'Lhrwiiir'k. E* 
ite'it. D-'j.i 



rtr'qr. Map 2-.51 

rtrgrp. D-90 

rtskrgr'n. K-72 

rnr'. C-4() 

r'nr wroi'. C-4.5 

riii''i|. A-46 

rnrgr'. D-12.'), D-70 

rnrgr"r. B-4.'{ 

rnrgr'gem. ]-!-42 

rll'iken. C-1 1 

rli'iken jiets. C'-14 

rli'rk. A-G9 

rlr'n. Map 2-40 

rL. Map 2-10 

r'Li- i)ul. G-19 

r'Li-gr. G-26 

r'lrgr. A-2S 

r'Lkrgr. C-Q'-i 

r'Lkrgr pct-s wroi'. C"-G4 

rkyl'rgr. C-17 

rkye'R. D-60 

rkye'ii wroi'. E-37 

rkyr'. Map 2-1 

rgr'its. Map 2-36 

rgr' wroi'. 1-24 



ori'ik. 1-9 

orl'Ig. C-.SO 

ore'wok. A-17 

e"re.s, E-t)7 

or:ego's. A-43 

ore'gok. ])-32 

o:re'"-. (',-22 

ore'q". 11-32 

oWi'". H-3.-), A-2, C-32, Maj) 2* 

ora'aiii. 1)-|.") 

oro"o. F* 

oro'iwis. K-\r, 

o"ronie'n. D-14S 

oru'wis. I)-,S9 

orpi'rk. l''-39 

o'osa'niits. I* 



o"oleq". G-31 

owi'igr. E-39 

owere'q". F-44 

owe'yek. 1-39 

owega'. E-61 

owa' wroi'. l'^32 

o\va"ar. J-12 

owrgr'. D-2S 

owrgr'ts. G-!)'^ 

owrgr'L. .^-12 

o"woh. D-77 

o-yegos. Map 2* 

olir'Lkii olegai' wroi'. E-102 

o'lipo. ("-of) 

o'hpo wroi'. ('-.">.") 

()'.\tr-soh. C-9 



1920] 



l^'aterman: YuroTc Geography 



o'htr wroi'. C-27 
o-pegoi'. Map 2* 
opa"an. E-83 
opetso'ts. C-47 
opegl'i. J-39 
opegI"iyem. A-64 
ope'gis. H-11 
o'p:eget. A* 
opegoi'yur. J-3 
opego'L. 1-12 
ope'gwoL. C-38 
opre'ga. See te'kta 
oprmr'g. J-20 
oprmr'g wroi'. .J-21 
oprgr'. See mele'kwa 
oprgr'. Map 2-33 
oprgrnrkis. F-24 
opu'Vet wroi'. D-44 
opjru'weg. 1-35, map 12, map 2* 
oplego. Map 2-38 
oplr'. F-30 
oplr' wroi'. F-33 
oplo'. F-57 
oplo' wroi'. F-58 
opio'-higwon. F-11 
omi'ige. K-27 
■ omi'mos waa'g K-60 
oml'mos wrnr'. B-22 
omi's. C-20 
oml's wroi'. C-22 
omi's-won. C-23 
omi'g. D-47 
o'men. A-26 
o'men wroi'. A-9 
o'men-hipur. A-10 
o'men-vva. A* 
o'men oro"o. C-61 
o'men emeLu'kum. F-36 
omeno'k. J-54, B-33 
omeno'k wroi'. B-32 
ome'kweL. C-71 
omege'nep. F-56 
ome'gra. E* 
omega" a wroi'. B-60 
omiina'L. D-113 
omo'L. D-108 
oti'tr". E-101 
otetqo'L. E-122 
otegeke't wroi'. G-17 
otega'. H-7 
otego'reyet. B-2I 
otegu'k. D-58 
otere'q". F-.51 



o'teriiu. E-40 

oteyo'. G-38 

ota'g. C-7 

o'tre'ga'. E-56 

otre'gon. D-69 

otregr^voru'. C-8 

otriihko. K-S 

otr'pr. Map 2* 

otrgr'p wroi'. A-22 

otoi' sr'mrnrs. C-54 

ot'o'r wroi'. D-26 

oto'liim". K-23 

otu'uk. I* 

otwe'go. A-75 

otwe'go wroi'. A-78 

otmekwo'R. H-30 

ot'mego'. F-46 

otie'p. Map 2-43 

otla'". H-2, J-37 

otla'"- wroi'. G-41, E-72, D-119 

otlu'uk. A* 

osi'g. H* 

ose'k. F-22 

osegl's. D-20 

osegere'q". D-27 

osegere'q"" wroi'. D-30 

ose'gep rgr'ik. D-33 

o'segen. B-24 

o'segen wroi'. B-25 

osegenu'm. 1-7 

osegii'wits. G-7 

osa'" wroi'. C-21 

osaa'q". D-102 

osaa'q" wroi'. D-103 

osro'n. K-69 

o'srpr. E-80 

o'srpr wroi'. B-27 

o"so. B-63 

osou'ukweL. 1-18 

osQ'rg. K-66 

oswrgr't. B-18 

osyrgr'is. .1-43 

osyo'h. H-1 

osyo'L. D-95 

osyo'L wroi'. D-17 

osprwr'ts wroi'. E-115 

osmemo'RL. G-56 

o-sme'tsken. Map 2-12 

ostse'L (otsii'L). D-80, D-19 

ostse'gep. N-23, A-47, A-36, I*, K-30 

oslegoi'ts. Map 22, D-92, D-142, G-59 

oslegoi'ts wroi'. 11-135 

oslo'q". 1-22 



276 



r>iiver.iity of CuUfornia Publications in Am. ArcJi. and Ethii. [Vol. IG 



oslo'q"'-o-wet rpgo . 

oski'ig. H-29 

otsl'kits. G-9 

otseki'skr. C-25 

otsehkeu'skr wroi'. C-28 

otsiip. E-142 

otsa'p wroi'. F-19 

o'tsiipimu'r. E-141 

otsa'p higwo'n. r-2 

otsepo'r. G-39 

otse'ge weti'k. 1 1-3 

otse'gep. See ostsegep 

ot.se'gep pye'gwegiL. D-13 

otsii'u. E-131 

ot.sa'L. See ost.'^eL 

otswrgcn. K-1 

otsl'gr. J-22 

otspii'mik. J-22 

otsnepii'". A-42 

o-tskrgm'n. Map 2* 

otskrgii'n. K* 

otskrgru'n. I'M 

one'gep. E* 

onegetsi'q". J-.W 

one:go'. K-12, A-15 

onr"oina'q"'. F-25 

oli'ik. E-90, A-82 

oli'k. A-11 

oli'geL. A* 

o'le". E-29 

o'le"' pa"a. D-.52 

ulepd'L wroi'. E-12 

ole'.M. J-10 

ole'N. 1-46 

ole'L. F-17 

(ile'L wroi'. F-16 

olegi'k wroi'. E-78 

olege'. D-137 

ole"gep. K-43 

olege'L. Map 2-32 

olergeL. K2(), H, 1* 

olegii'". K-21 

oIe"ga wroi'. I)-l, E-77 

oleqwose'q". 1-29 

ola'ig. G-42 

olrgr' solitse. H-.')4 

oloi'L wroi'. H-44 

olo" oinono opyf''g%vegii.. D-r2 



oLotsyu'. D-2 

ololu't. F-20 

olo'k. E-98 

olo'g. Map 2-53 

olu'p. K-2 

oLpi" Ir. J* 

OLpiiu'. D-4 

OLme'ye.s. J-22 

oLke'grtsom. F-59 

oLke'go. D-65 

OLkrgr' wroi. C-67 

o'Lko. D-9 

o'Lko hiqo'. D-10 

OL he'Lku olegai'. E-103 

oklge'. Map 19 

okigo'. E* 

oke'to. 1-26 

oketo'k. G-48 

okege'I. 1-13 

oke'ge. E-89 

okegeye'L. See qeLqu 

oke'gep. A-18, J-50 

okege'ptsuL. F-42 

okege'to. 1-30 

oke' :ga. K-o8 

oke'go. Map 22 

oke'go. Map 22 

oke'go wroi'. E-138 

okrilgr'. G* 

okro' kle""po. D-36 

okrmrtsr'. B-3 

okr'grp. K-48 

okwe'ges. K-75 

okwe'go. H-37, E-59, A-30 

o-kwe'go. Map 2* 

okwe'go oke'to. .\-2.5 

okwe'go wroi'. E-123 

okyate'yeq". II* 

o'kpis. C-82 

oktke'R. J-46 

okso'lig. K-74 

okne". H-20 

okne'" wroi'. F-45 

okne'ru. A* 

okiui'L. Map 2-35, 55 

okne'get. A-66, B-1, J-6, K-57 

oknu'L wroi'. C-6 



upr'sr. .•\-76 
ume'gwo. A-58 



U 



uma' tsl'guk. C-73 
uqwe'wa. K-22 



1920] 



'n'aterman : Turolc Geography 



W 



wi'tlqwoL. D-115 

wiLnega' wroi'. G-118 

we'xteme wroi'. C-30 

we'xtemeL. C-31 

we'itspek. A-52 

we'itspus. G-21 

we'itspus otsi'n oLoma' ukso' wroi'. G* 

we'ntsau'ks omei'Lwes. G* 

we''qem. E-16 

weritsr'q ole'guk. J* 

we'Rpeq" wroi'. E-42 

weyo'. Map 2-56 

we'tpa ori'igen. K-28, J-52 

we'tsets. Map 2-30 

wetsetsqa's. Map 2* 

wesito'. F-29 

we'sona mestso'. C-34 

we'spen. G-16 

we'skwenet. F-13 

we'skwenet-o-tna'"'. Map 2-49 

we'logets. E-105 

we'Lkik. F-1 

we'Lkwii". A-72 

we'Lkwa" opaa. E-8 

we'Lkwe"' wolo"mono wroi'. B-30 

wa"a. E-38 

wa"amoks. A-33 

wa"as inera'. A-6 

wa'ase. E-68 

wa' ase eme'kwoL. C-62 

wa'ase hipets wroi'. E-69 

wa'ase hiqo' wroi'. E-70 

w^''^"' son. A-67 

wa'hsek. F-32 

wa'hsek hipu'r wroi'. F-23 

wa'hsek hiqo' wroi'. F-37 

wa'men. G* 

wahtsero'. A-73 

wa tsene'gomek. E-17 

wri'L ego. D-98 

wr're'ts otma'". D-41 

wr"rgri. D-110 

wrtsr"". H* 



wr'sip uso'n. A-5 

wrsr'i wroi'. 

wr'Lri wroi'. B-57 

wrLqri'sne woo'lemeL. J* 

wr"grs. D-75 

wrgr'L. J-42 

wora'». J-36 

wor-o"mes. E-114 

wo'weyek. Map 22 

wo'hpi rk. C-51 

wo'hpi or. F-35 

wo'hpi oL. A-74 

wohpe'iyo. E-44 

wohpere' ra". B-49 

wo'xpa. F-47 

wo'hpo reqe'n. D-104 

wo'.xtek. D-31 

wo'xtek-wona'". See haiig-o-tek 

wo'xtoi. G-43, Map 2-43 

wohke'ro. D-25 

wo'xku. See t'u'lek 

wo'mots. B-17 

wot'o'. F-40 

wo'tokwoR wroi'. D-53 

won ol'g. C-57 

wo'tske". C-59 

wo'tske" osolo'neyik. C-58 

wo'koteL. E-117 

wo'kotel wroi'. E-128 

wokotse'k wroi'. E* 

wo"ke'l. B-39 

wo''ke'l pets wroi'. B-40 

wo"ke'l pul wroi'. B-36 

wokse'i. J-34 

wo'gi. E-95, map 22 

wo'gi oso'ho neye'q". D-64 

wo'gi sitso' wroi'. A-23 

wo'gi so'teg. See pe'k" tiiL-xo 

wo'gisyii'. A* 

wo'giL ote'poni. A-31 

wo'giL ote'k. B-41 

wo'gan. E-51 

wo'go*. D-67 



ye'wome'. D-39 
ye'qnsin. J-25 
ye'gweL ukwa'p. 
yr'mrk. K-55 
yr'nr'pQ. J-18 
yo'x-tr. D-86 



H-19 



yo'xtr wroi'. B-47 
yots okege'i. 1-2 
yots legai'. A-19 
yogeyo'L. IS-108 
yogoyo'r. H* 
yuLpe'ts. K-18 



278 



Unifcrsitij of Califonita rultlications in Am. Arcli. and Etlin. [\'ol. 16 



himc'L. E-19 
hIme'L wroi'. E-18 
himc'L hiqo' wroi'. E-21 
hiNkelo'L. E-41 
hinc-'i. Ma\, '2-:? 
hin'cfj. Map 2-5 
hinkuii. F-o') 
hirikiimr'", A-24 
hirii'momcLiii'sr. F-9 
hike'ts. -Map 2-54 
higwone'k. Map 2-22 
ho'wcL. K* 
lir'"\vi). I* 
he'iwoli. K-44 
heyoinu'. Sfc l<)"iilpgo. 
hc'sir. E-(ili 
liri-c'ints(il(i'i|. 15* 
lu'r|)rinaiiiri' E-TiO 
lu''i,ku-sr. A-fiO 
lielcgifil wroi' D-15 
hc'Lkus ok'':fi;('ni. A-13 
heLqwalu'ij. Ivl07 
heprwonii'l otsyu'. C-4U 
lipkcw''. (1-10 
hogo' ok'go' wrjiqwr'i. D-97 
ha'asqr"r. Ivll2 
ha'asqr''r hiqo'. E-111 
ha''wo wroi'. A-SO 
liil'wegok hipu'r wroi'. C-IS 
liiiwok. C-:i. .1-28 
hayc'fi". G-4G 



luipo'r. D-127 

hiiLkutsc'r. Map 2-16 

haiig. A-37 

haii'goteq". D-34 

haa'gosyoiL. B-1.3 

haiigoru" uwore'L wroi'. B-56 

hailgoUi'. G-14 

hailgolo'k. G-28 

ha'iq". J-48 

hr'wr'". A-45, 1-8 

hryrmr'is. K-19 

ho"owoH. C-24 

ho"oreq. D-40 

howego'. C-19 

honare'q''. G-25 

ho' orae'R. 11-112 

ho' ome'R wroi'. D-111 

hoo'n-o-tep. Map 2* 

ho" onokok. (!-35 

ho" mono'otep. D-120 

ho'hko. I* 

ho" pii". H-37 

ho" pii" wek'ga' wroi'. B-35 

ho" ]);i"' wroi'. B-31 

ho'pii" pu'l wroi'. B-34 

ho'iJil" hipe'ts wroi'. B-38 

hola'xtsuL. K-47 

ho'ktkeL. K-9 

hu'uksorek. E-7G 

hu'uksorf'qpu wroi'. E-75 

huinawr'. Maj) 2* 



I)i'iiiin. Ma|) 2-57 
l)i'xpa. I-3.S 
pf'wc'toL. ,1-5(1 
pe'me olo'geiiii. K-7 
pemii'ks ole'g. lC-45 
pot'owo". 1-33 
pp'tok). E-l')3 
petso'". Map 2-42 
pi'tso'-hiqo'. Map 2 
pctsku sriir'i. l)-70 
])e'tskus orc'tsc. .\-.")() 
]icii(i' l''-.5(l 
pciio' wnii'. I''- 1!) 
j)plikr'rts. (1-.58 
pL''i,k('n('(i. D-126 
po'LkoL. 10-132, G-47 
p5"'kar ore'". G-2fi 
pe'kwan. D-54 
pc'kwan cmc'i.iiok. ])-' 



pe'kwan wnji'. D-62 
pek"" tu'L. G-24 
pck"" tu'L. D-5G, I-O 
pek"" tu'Lso. (i-49 
pck"lsri. Ma]) 2-7 
po'gwi. I-:i 
pegwe'. Map 2-48 
pe'gwo' ole'g. H-9 
pt'gwola'. H-26 
pcgwokl'L. J-38 
pego'hpo. K-34 
paiyamu'r. A 
pa"ar. 1-21 
pa'-l-teq. Map 22 
prE.'grau'. E-23 
prhrtsr'k. K-08 
pr'xtoq. K-41 
pr'Lkwrk. K-29 
pr'kwr'i. D-14 



1920] 



JVatennan : Yurok Geography 



279 



prg^-r'"". K-42 
prgru"Hru'. D-139 
pr'gris-otsye'guk. A-29, I-'5 
pr'grL ole'go. D-i3 
poi'xko ole'p. 1-17 
poiyowTi'r wroi'. A-57 
poiyura'. H-23 
poiyura' wroi'. H-24 
poi'k. K-64 
po"otoi. G 
po" to'yo. F-12 
pot si'. G-36 
posl'r. Map 2-17 
posl'r oLhaag. C-68 

mistsi'ks. Map 2-9 
mi'lonets. G-50 
miLmu'wimu. D-146 
me'rip. E-87 
me'rip wroi'. E-93 
meR hipe't.s wroi'. E-66 
me'rip hiqo' hi'gwonu. E-85 
mer-oge't. D-135 
me'rxkwl. E-54 
me'Hqo. D-46 
me'wlL e"g:rN. J-.51 
meyepe'r wroi'. C-75 
meta'. D-118 
meta' wroi'. D-129 
metke"ox. J-16 
mesto'. B-1 1 
me'stsek. K-67 
me'tsep rgr'its. E-47 
me"'tsr ole'go. F-5 
me'tsko. K-73 
mene" wots. E-139 
me'nes. Map 22 
me'nroi. B-6 
meno'men. G* 
me' li'L. D-124 
melekoi'yo. A-39 
meLe'kwa. J- 14 
me'Ieg. B-9 
me'leg wroi'. B-10 
me'legoL. Map 2-20 
meLmuwim. A-16 
meLnega'. G-11, D-138 
me'Lku. D-lOO 
me'Lkti wroi'. D-106 
meke'L. H 
me"ikwet.s. E-79 
meq"tege'n. G-8 
mega'. A-40 
mega'r ukwr'tsr. A 



m 



poRkwe'L. E-64 
pu'lik sr. C-53, A-.59, D-63 
pu'uktik oo'lo. K-17 
pye'h oske'go. A-4 
pyegwelii'" wroi'. G-34 
pya'iigeL. Map 2-42 
plepe'i. A-53, see also lirgwr 
ple'ken. H-10 
plo'ile wroi'. E-28 
plo'kse. D-149 
plo'kse". Map 2-34 
pkets ope'gemu. A-49 
pkwo" oro. C-26 



mega'u. E-46 

megwimo'r. G-51 

megwi'L ote'get. G-52 

ma"ats. 1-25 

ma"aq. K-10 

ma"ome'kweL. K-76 

maRkwI. 1-37 

ma'wa wroi'. E-106 

mapaga'L. F-26 

mapaga'li wroi'. F-27 

ma"a. Map 2-25 

ma"a wr"rpqwri. D-93 

ma'aspume'u. See orpi'rk wroi' 

ma'a spu wroi'. C-33 

ma"aga wroi'. E-97 

maoi'qoro. K-40 

mr'rp. K-49 

mrr"me.s. G 

mrwrsislii' wroi'. D-116 

mr"yr. B-4 

mrhr'k. J-40 

mr'pr. Map 2* 

mrnego'. D-107 

mr'L gr. D-140 

mrku'r. E-65 

nir'qwRL. D-7S 

mrgr"N. .1-7 

mo"o ote'k. A-41 

mu'req"'. J-31 

mu'rek. E-35 

mu'RM. H-28 

mu'RM owc"eiku. .\-3 

mur'N. G* 

mu'RN tsrkrsi'L. J-15 

mu'rnu ko'pcL. D-21 

mu"uM. D-37 

mii'nek. F-15 

mu'ntse haag. E-7 

rajTgwr'. E-94 



280 



Vnivtrsity of California Publications in Am. Arch, and Etiin. [Vol. 16 



ti'o'o. D-72 
tioxkr'or. D-136 
tiNL ole'go. J-5.5 
tekwo. 1-5 
t'i'gon. H-18 
te'ne ore'gii. J-57, K-.53 
tepa'axk. Map 2-52 
tepo'. J-47 
tepo'na. K-59 
tepolii'"-. E-52 
tepola'" wroi'. E-50 
teto'no wroi'. E-6 
tetu's. H-13 
fesiro'n. G-57 
fkc'tin. See wahsek 
teko'l. Map 22 
te' ktI'L. D-1,50 
tfkwana'L. I 
teku's okc'pel. E-2i) 
te»k\vr'. J-:53 
te'kwo 1-19 
te"kwon rek. F-8 
te'kta. D-4 
te'kta wroi'. D-6 
te'kta krtsr'. C-78 
te'kta ote'inets. B 
te'kto okte'nets. H-22 
tek".sau'. D-79 
tegwalaus. A* 
tewoUui'g. K-62 
teg^vola' otsji'l. A-62 
tegwola'" oslo'q". F-52 
teftwo'L. Map 2-47 
tef;()iye".M. F-21 
t;i"aiiioslo. K-51 



ta'aL woag. 

ta':tail. A-27 

ta"taweL. G 

ta'to ole'go. C-75 

tahtosi'ts. A-34 

fr'i. F-28 

tr'wr. B-48 

tr'wr wroi'. B-46 

tr'pr. E-143, A-.50 

fr'pr. G-12 

tr'pr ri])qwr'i. D-141 

trqwrnr'". D-11 

trgsvr'. J-4 

trgwr'g. K-3 

toruso' wroi'. See qri wroi'. 

to'htr. C-35 

tohtrme'q"" wroi'. H-33 

to'xtr pets. C-37 

toxteme'q"'. 1-4 

to'hi)r. G-13 

to'loweL. 1-45 

tolo'q". Map 2-G 

turi]). B-52 

tu'rip hlr wroi'. B-53 

tu'noiyoL Map 2-21. 

tunoiyo'L otegekct. See ote'get wroi' 

t'u'lek. E-55 

tu'loiyo wroi'. E-5S 

twe'i.kr. C-77 

tmi'gon. D-121 

tmeR urai'L olu''o. K-14 

tmr'i. A-54 

tmr'i wroi'. A-55 

tse'iiuix. Map 2' 



.sie'geL. E-71 

pio'gon. Map 22 

.■iio'gon hipe't.s. Map 22 

.sigonl'i. I 

si'gwets. 11-31 

.seye'" osle'p. A-Sl 

sepora'. Map 2-46 

popola'. Map 2-26 

.se'polek osre'qwoni. J 

sepola' iisa'xs. H 

seml'L. See qo'otep wroi' 

S('ini"L wroi'. See (jn'otep wroi' 

sekwoiia'. H-21 

.seg%ve'". Map 2-23 

segwora' wroi'. C-74 



se'ge woo'lemcL. J* 

segwe'ni. See segnu' 

seg\vona'R. D-91 

segwo'RksoL. E-45 

sa"a. E-49 

sa"a. J-26 

sa'iir. G-33 

sa"aL. B-50 

sa'al hipe'ts wroi'. B-51 

sre'por K-71 

srego'n. D-90 

sr'rnr. D-68 

sr'pr. C-72 • 

sr'pr iiieL e"go. D-42 

soiq". B-8 



19201 



Waterman : YuroTc Geography 



281 



so"o ogu'r. I* 
so"o tsyuk. C-41 
so"o oke'tsiL. D-88 
so'xtsin. K-50 
so'xtsin wroi'. K-52 
sots-ole':gai. D-61 



supai'L. I 
su'mig. J-11 
sto'wen wroi'. 



B-5S 



ts 



tsl'rq otep. D-123 
tsio pi'L wroi'. E-14 
tsl'poi wroi'. G-44 
t-si'k" tsen. 1-36 
tsl'golii"' wroi'. D-48 
tsl'lxko. I* 
tsemi'L wroi'. D-22 
tse't.skwi. E-124 
tse'tskwi-kes. E-126 
tselo'notep. A-77 
tse'Lkum. C-42 
tse'Lkwii". F-43 
tse'Lkwii"' hipets wroi'. r-48 
tse'Lkwa" higwo'n. F-6 
tse'kweL. A-79 
tse'ktsiN e"go. C-43 
tse'ktsiN. C-44 
tsegIge:goi'l. F-31 
tse'ge omu. D-3 
tsegoro'k higwon. E-22 
tsegoro'k wroi'. E-24 
tsegeroq" hiqo' wroi'. W-25 
tsegoro'koR. E-27 
tse'gwa. E-96 
tsii'posro'r. E-13 
tsa'ks omilu'. F* 
tsa'h spa*. D-23 
tsa'hspe opa"a. Map 12 
tsa'hpek oke'to. I-ll 



sto'wen pets wroi'. C-4 

sto'wen so'htsi. C-1 

sme'Rkit. D-IS 

snicRkitu'r wroi'. B-16, E-36 

sme'tsken. J-30 

slo-'o. G-32 

slo'wiL. C-60 

sto'wen. B-59 

sko"ona". K-37 

skoyamu'. G 



tsa'hpek. I-IO. 
tsa'pek srmrnr'i. D-7 
tsriihprsl'k. A-68 
tsr'hr ole'go. B-2 
tsrhr'lik. K-20 
tsrktsryr'. E-1 
tso'owim. K-46 
tso"ok wroi'. G-55 
tsots ome'kweL. D-128 
tso'tskwi. 1-14 
tso'tskwi hipau'. I* 
tso'tskwi hipe'ts wroi'. E-1 25 
tso'kik. D-101 
tso'kik wroi'. D-99 
tsure'wa. K-11 
tsu'rai. K-31 
tsuR owa"a. D-122 
tsuloiyo'L. D-130 
tsweyome'we wroi'. E-S 
tspe'ga ore'qen. D-59 
tspii'ar. 1-41 
tspii'ar wroi'. 1-40 
tsme'yi.s oro'o. J-59 
tsmegi'ts we'sle'k wone'". A-21 
tsmo"oq" upa"a. J-41 
tskr'i. G-45 
tskr'mrwr. A-63 
tskwe'ges orl'ken. C-50 
tskwe'ges waii'g. B-15. J-13 



n 



nI"oloL. C-39 
nI"wo. 1-27 
nI"tepo. D-35 
ni'nlputs amo'. F-41 
ni'krk. I 
nl'qr. D-73 
nikurtsr'i wroi'. A-61 
nigwe'go. H-17 
nigwe'go wroi'. H-16 



nl'grk. B-61 
nege's. H 
ne"weleL. J-27 
ne"nia". K-5 
nepQ'i sots olego'L. 
ne'lcL. Map 2-11 
ncke'L wroi'. 
neko':sit G-15 
neko'ksip. C-81 



D-57 



282 



Uiiivrr.sitt/ of California Publications in Am. Arcli. and Ethn. [Vol. 16 



npgeni's wroi. E-145 
nega'litur haiig. E-20, D-144 
negona'. D-114 
nego'ksap. D-S5 
na'iistok. Map 2-29 
nanepl'r. C-79, £-127 
niiko' osre'goR. E-4S 
iia'giL. C-48 
nii'giLso. B-62 
na'xkwoi. G 
nahksau'. E-120 
nr'rtsopo'pii.. I-l 
iiryi'tmu'iiM. 1-43 
nrgr'i o''l. 1-34 
norn'r[)('g. Ma|i 2-2 



noroyu'r. See oke'tohime'r, 

noRpi"L. D-38 

no"o. A-48, K 

no'osogo'r. K 

no'htska. B-14 

no'htska wroi'. E-33 

no'htska-hipu'r wroi'. D-132 

no'xtskuin. D-147 

no''iiug. H-14 

tio'nogits. 

nuiiicroi' wroi'. 1-44 

nuu'.xprik. B-26 

nuu'xpoq. K-3S 

nker iiunii'ig. 1-28 



liqo'iiK'n oyo'wek. K-3o 

Ip'wit. D-133 

Le'weL. J* 

le'yes osro'. 1* 

loponui'"'. .J-29 

le'ptoii. opqwe'gets. J-.53 

le'iilcn. :Map 2-,'JS 

LiimiikweL. C-13 

LiimakweL hiqo' wroi'. C'-l.") 

let a'. D-.-). E-lOO 

lege'p'au. K-13 

lega'. 1-20 

la"aL opege'yii.. D-29 

lo'ok''go. G-30 



fli"tni.. D-S4 

kii.oiiieyo'. A-20 

ki'i.otep wroi'. 0-12 

ki'Lotep hima'r. C-10 

qe'rets ole's. J* 

ke'wiiifl'. C-69 

ke'winu' wroi'. C-70 

ke'wet. G-2 

keyawejTl's. 11-27 

keyomo'r. wroi. E-11 

ke'ikeni. 1-23, D-lOf) 

ke'per. Map 2-28 

ke'peL. E-.53 

ke'px""-. A* 

ke'peLoki'iii. F-7 

ke'peL iiiiL o"goL wroi'. D-24 

kopero'r. D-131 

ke"nieii. 1)-134 

qeto'k. H-34 

ketke'rok. K-(i.5 



k 



Id' nil- wroi'. G-29 
lo'ole'go pet.s G-0 
loxLqo'. A* 
lo'hkto. E-118 
logeno'L. ^lap 2-4 
le'pin. E-Sl 
Loko'L upa"a. E-62 
Lokoi'L wekwo'RL. F-38 
Lkere'i. I* 
Lke'likep wroi'. J-44 
Lke'lik OL. A-Uo 
Lke'lik ole'pa. A-1 
Lke'lik wToi'. B-28 
Lkr's ote'ncm. A* 



ke.'jki'L. J-2 
keskiL. Map 2-2 
qe,sqeia'(i"'. J-49 
wetsai'lke"'. G* 
ketse'k"'. J-o 
ketso'k. A-71 
qe'nek. E-137 
qe'jiek wroi'. E-133 
qe'nek hiqo'. E-134 
qe'nek heL. E-119 
qe'nek pul. E-H6 
qe'nek wone'"' owe"eIqQn. 
qe'neqa.*. E-140 
ke'LpeL. B-7 
qe'Lqu. I* 

qe'q" .';<'n opegeyi'gwets. J' 
ke'k-oi. A* . " 
qegiwe'tu. Ma]) 2* 
qege'tuwri,. K-61 
q-ixtPL. Map 2-39 



E-60 



1920] 



TT'nfermoH ; Yurok Geography 



283 



qa'ales. Map 2* 
kaseguvain. Map 2* 
qrrwr'. Map 2-37 
krLelnegTso'rkes. D-51 
kr'nit we''}'ots ole'p. K-25 
kr'nit wo"oii. K-24 
qr'mruk. E-57 
kr'hpr otsi'n otsye'gu. C-o 
krhpr'slek. E-82 
kr'otskcgi'm. A-14 
qr'i wroi'. B-29 
koi'xkul ole'gwo'M. K-16 
ko'ik wroi'. K-32 
ko'ro'gis. H-25 
ko"omen. Map 2-31 
qo'otep. D-50 
qo'otep emeLpi'gr. C-2 
qo'otep wroi'. D-49 
qowi'tsik oloii'g. E-74 
qowi'tsik oloag wroi'. E-73 
ko'hpi. Map 2-8 
ko'hso. Map 2-45 
qo'xtau. E-2 
qo'xtau wroi'. E-3 
qoxtsemo'r wroi'. G-27 

Transmitted June 21, 1918. 



kwi'gerep. K-G3 
qre'ixtsw. Map 2* 
kweriip ote k. D-S7 
kwe'stsin. J-19 
kwenometu'r. Map 22 
q'wa'rq'war. I* 
kwrsrmr'i. J-9 
qwo'san wroi'. H-8 
kwolo's. F-18 
kwolo'q". G-20 
kya tsi'.s. E-31 
kyohsepso'L. D-16 
knetke'nolo'. E-9 
kne'tkenwoa'g. E-91 
kne'tkemsio'L. E-10 
kne'wolc. A* 
kne'gweloi'L. 1-31 
kne'gwolek. J-35 
knegwora'. E-43 
kna'awi. Map 2* 
knu'lig wroi'. C-10 
knu'Lkem. J-23 
knu'Lkem wroi'. J-24 
kmi'Lkenok wroi'. D-S2 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 

DiLLEK, Joseph S. 

1902. Topographic Development of the Klamath Mountains, V. S. Geol. 

Surv., Bull. 196. 
GoDD.\.RD, Pliny Earle 

1903. Life and Culture of the Hupa, Vniv. Calif. Publ. Am. Arch. Ethii., 

I, 1-88. 
1914. Notes on the Chilula Indians of Northwestern California, ihUI., 10, 
38-41. 
Kegeber, a. L. 

1911. The Languages of the Coast of California North of San Francisco, 
ibid., 9, 273-43.5. 
Loud, Llewellyn L. 

1918. Ethnogeography and Archaeology of the Wiyot Territory, ibid., 14, 
pp. 221-436. 
Powers, Stephen 

1877. Tribes of California, U. S. Geog. and Geol. Surv. Rocky Mt. Region, 
Contributions to North American Ethnology, 3. 
Sweet, Henry 

1908. The Sounds of English: An Introduction to Phonetics (Oxford, Clar- 

endon Press). 
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 

1909. United States Coast Pilot. Pacific Coast: California, Oregon, and 

Washington; ed. 2. 



PLATE 1 

A general view of Trinidad bay. At the left in the background the rounded 
]>roniontory is Trinidad head. It is connected with the mainland by a low flat 
neck. Just to the right of the neck, on a slope or declivity below the white 
town of Trinidad, wliich is on the flat, lies the Indian town of tsfi'rai. (See 
map 34. ) 

Practically every rcick in this picture has its own proper name. 



L284] 



UNIV, CALIF. PUBL, AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN] PLATE 1 




TKIXIDAD BAY FROM THE SOUTH 



PLATE 2 

(See maps (i and 7) 

Fig. 1 — At the mouth of this valley ami to the left is the site known a-t 
o'ineii, lying on the small promoutory there. Several big sea-rocks lie ofl'shore. 
hi tlie middle distance (to the left) is a small lake, o'men-o-ke'to. On the 
hiUsiile back of the lake stands a tree into which the lU'Ojde shot arrows as 
offerings (see rectangle A-.'iO ami note). 

Fig. 2 — Wilson creek may be seen as it enters the ocean in the micblle dis- 
tance. A site (o'men-hipu'r), marked by four house-pits and an accumulation 
of shell, lies on the small knoll a few feet above ami beyond the creek-mouth. 
The distant i)oint with the crag at the end is called at the present time "God's 
Footsteps'' from some Indian tradition connected with the eulture-hero. 

Fig. ;! — This view shows the village of o'men with its beach. The house- 
|iits lie on the small knoll in the middle of the picture, just above a small pond 
of water. 



[ 2S.; 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. &. ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN) PLATE 2 





Fig. : 



Fig. - 




Fig. 



VJEWS .\T THE MOUTH OK WII.SOX CREKK 



PLATE 3 

(See rectangle A anil notes) 

The main stream anil its canyon may be seen to the left at b, with part of 
the white town of Reqna ((0. A village (otwe'go) is said to have existed ou 
the llat arross the river at c. The jirincipal Indian settlement on that side of 
the river, we'i.kwa", lay on the hill above the saudd>ar at ih The bar at the 
river's mouth is seen at c, with the outlet into the ocean at /'. The letter g 
indicates a large crag of rock called orego's, to whom prayers are addressed in 
a death purification ceremony. At /( may be seen some houses of European 
stvie inhabited bv Indians near the ancient village site of re'kwoi. 



[ 2S8 ] 



c 
z 
< 

o 
> 



C 
CD 



> 

> 

O 

I 



< 

o 




> 

H 

m 

3) 
2 
> 
2 



n 
> 

n 

CO 



PLATE 4 

Fig. 1 — A "sacieil" house in re'kwoi iu whidi tlu- "jumpiug dani-e" was 
jjerforijieil. (Now rpjilaceil by a structure of mill lumber.) 

Fig. 2 — Tree at we'Lkwa". During tlie last ten days of the "jumjiiug 
dance" ceremony the <lances were performed at the foot of this tree. 

Fig. o — A spot some distance up-river from re'kwoi. Here a canoe lauded 
to procure sweat-house wooil in ciiuucction with the ceremony. 

Fig. 4 — Place opjjosite the town of tfi'rip where disembodied souls enter the 
underworld. Under the jiepjierwood tree to the left of the center in the picture 
is a small hole into which the ghosts go. (See under Geographical Concepts, 
and also under B-55, p. 23.5 aV>ove.) 



L 290 : 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM, ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 1 WATERMAN j PLATE 4 






Fig. 



Fie. -i 



CEREMONIAL PLACES NEAR THE MllI'TlI (IF THE KLAMATH 



TLATE 5 

Fig. 1 — The "sacred" sweat-house, in whicli observaiu-es in connection with 
the "jumping rtance" took place. 

Fig. 2 — "Sacred" house. The photograjili sliows the rear end of the old- 
.style Indian hou.sc in which the "jumping dance" was performed. Just to 
the left of the dwelling house is the roof of a "sweat-house," and to the left 
of that, an inclosure of jioles marking the ]dacc where bodies have been buried. 



[ 29- ] 



UNIV. CALiF, PUBL. AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 | WATERMAN | PLATE 5 




Fig. 1 




Kw. 



STRrCTURES USED CEREMONIALLY IX THE TOWN OK I'EKWAX 



PLATE 6 

Fig. 1 — View from sa"a, looking across to the town of mu'rek. The struc- 
ture visible over the trees in the right middle distance is an Indian house, 
marking the position of the village. The other structures have disappeared. 

Fig. '2 — View of the hillsides across the river from ke'pel. The Klamath 
in its canyon flows from right to left across the foregroun<l. On the hillside 
aliovo may be seen, towering above the other conifers, a group of great red- 
woods. These are the first redwoods one encounters in traveling toward the 
coast. The spot is called megau' (payment) and is the scene of a ceremony in 
connection with the fish-dam. The stream in the center is called tepolau' wroi' 
(Prairie creek) liecause of the extensive grass fields on the hilltops drained 
by it (see idiotograjih). The structures in this jiii-ture are all modern. 



[ -294: 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. &. ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN 1 PLATE 6 




Fig. 1 







wmw^mmn^^ 



Fig - 
VIEWS IN THE VICINITY OK THE KISIl-DAM 



PLATK 7 

Fig. 1 — Boiililer at tlie rivor's e'lge. This boulilcr was om-e a wo'ge or 
immortal, who trieil to inevoiit death from coining into tlie worlil. Having 
I'aileil. lie took np his aboile here, but still has an aversion to corpses. When 
a ilead boily is being taken u]< or down the river it has to be landeil anil carried 
III liind this rill k. Women also land from canoes and walk around on shore. 

Fig. 1^ — The sharp pointed rock in the foreground, which is only two feet 
high, was a very powerful being called Jealous-One-of-JIerip. He had two 
wives and because of them shot the hero Sharp behinil with an arrow (rectangle 
EST, K !!!», and notes). 



[ 2im ] 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. &. ETHN. VOL. 16 | WATERMAN j PLATE 7 




; -4'^- 




Fiy. 1 




Fi^. L' 



SUPERX.\TrR.\l. BEI.VG.S r\ TIIK FORjr OP ROCKS ,\T THE TDWX 
OK MERIP 



^ 



PLAT?: 8 
(8eo iDap 22; also notes oil rt'ctaiigle E-137) 

Fig. 1 — The limililer at tlie riglit with a fishing-stage is named wo'weyek. 
Tlie Indian wateliing his nets is ()M I 'an of wa'ksek, a mile ov two up-stream. 
The roi-k in miilstroam is called jia'xtek (storage-basket) because of a hole in 
its toji. It was once a basket tlnown here by a wo'ge. On the opposite shore 
under the shadow of a Ijonldei' is a si-cond fishing-stage, called nie'nes. 

Fiy. 2 — View uji the Klamatli. The lioulder in the foreground (from wliich 
the ]diotograph was taken) is kwenometur. Near the opposite shore in the 
mi(hlle distance is an erect boublor with a jn-one one close at its side. Both 
used to be erect; and they aie calh'd sio'goii (erect stones at a house door whicdi 
a ]K'rson grasps in j'ulliug himself out). 



[ 208 ] 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 (WATERMAN | PLATE 8 




Fi" 1 




Fig. 2 

SCENES AT QKN'EK 



PLATE 9 
(See map 22; also rectangle K-1M7 aii'l notes) 

Fig. 1 — View up tlie river from the rock wo'weyek. The promontory is 
named teko'l. 

Fig. 2. — Tlie vilhige site uverlociking the rapids. The depressions shown in the 
photograph (all of which are natural, not artificial) are supposed to be house-pits 
where supernatural beings formerly lived. A deep depression just in front of 
tho camera is Raeeoon 's house-pit. Some fifty yards away is a shallow one called 
Coyote's house-pit. To the right between two small clumps of brush the trail 
can bo seen. 



[ 300] 



UNIV, CALIF. PUBL. AM, ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN] PLATE 9 








SCENES .\T QEXEK 



PLATE 10 

Fig. 1 — Roi'k near the town of vva"a.se, on which Bluejay threw a half- 
(Ires-sed biu-kskin. The skin inililewed, anil the mildew is still to l)e seen on 
the lioulder (see rectangle EOS ami notes). 

Fig. 2 — Indian houses in the tmvn of wa'hsek (see rectangle F-32). 

Fig. :; — In tlie middle of the idrture can be glimpsed the top of a rocky 
cliff called hu'uk-ore'qen (see rectangle E-76 and notes), childreu-they-sit. 
Owls once carried children up and left them here. They cried, and turned into 
rock. 

Fig. -t — Former site of a village calldl loo le'go, now cultivated (see rect- 
angle Cr-.'')0). A fish-dam was formerly erected at this point. 



[ :m ] 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL, AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN 1 PLATE 10 




Fig. 1 



Fio, 



m^r 




^V: ... . 





Fig. 



SCENES NEAR THE Uf'-RIVF.R F.Nl) OF VI'IiOK TKRHlTursv 



PLATE 11 

Fit;. 1 — The K l.'uiiatli ll(i\v-i throu,L;li a ilccii c-aiiyoii from tlie left, receiving 
tlie waters of tlie Trinity, wliicli flow in from the liaekgrouml, at the point of 
the sanilspit. At the extreme left a iluster of nnjdern buildings lying acio.sa 
the Klamath on a knoll marks the site of the old Indian town of pek"'tu'L 
(rect.-ingle G i-l). Opposite the observer, beyond the sandspit, lies the town 
of rl.rgr' (reetangle U-2(3). All thi> Indian structures have disappeared. To 
tiie right, with a great white Imr in front of it, lies we'itspns (rectangle G-:21). 
One or two modern structures can be seen .•imong the trees. 

Fig. 2 — ila[> of the locality shown a1io\t>. 



[ ■■iM ] 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL, AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATERMAN | PLATE 11 




Fig. 1 




Fig. 2 

THE TRINITY RIVKK. THE Kr..\MATH RIVEK. ANTI THREE INDIAN TOWNS 



PLATE 12 

Fig. 1 — Two Indian houses in wf'itspns (liclonging to Stone and Billy Work, 
luiinbers l.'i and 14 in map 2<i). 

Fijj. i! — In tlic foiei;iound is an outcroiiidng of granite, hardly visible, be- 
neath a small |ie]iiier\vood tree. This rork was a young immortal, who once 
liveil at we'itspus, and wlio founded the "Jumping dam-e. " 

Fig. '1 — This photograph shows a hillside above we'itspus and somewhat up- 
stream. At this spot the first dance in the "jumping dance" ceremonies was 
jierformed. 

Fig. 4 — The Klamath river at seg\m ' (Somes Bar) in Karok territory. The 
river at the left flows around the base of the great rock Auite (see map 2, no. 23, 
and note ). 



I ;ui() 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 (WATERMAN ] PLATE 12 





Kfe*dii- 



Fig. 1 



Fig. 2 





Km. 



Fiji. J 



SCENES AT WEIT.SPfS; THE KLAMATH RIVER AT SEtiWIl' (soMES BAR) IX KAUOK TERRlTdRV 



TLATK i:; 
(See also map :10) 

Fig. 1 — The month of Redwood creek, whiiOi washes the Viase of the hills 
in the background, is in this iihotograjih eloscil by a bar, forming a still lagoon, 
the water of which is liac-ked uji well into the foreground of the picture. On 
the lanilward side of the knoll next the sea lies a village-site known as 
otmekwo'R. A second village, ore'q"', lies somewhat to the left and below the 
jioint where this ]iiiture was taken (see following photograph). 

Fig. 2 — The site of the town ore'ij" lie.-; on the hillside among the ferns. ^ 
No structures remain anil the pits are overgrown. The shanty in the foreground 
is the house of a blind old Indian, Skirk (see p. 21X). 



;ius 1 



UNIV. CALIF, PUBL. AM. ARCH. &. ETHN. VOL. 16 [WATRRMAN | PLATE 13 




Fia', 1 




COAST YUROK SITKS AT THK MOI'TH OF HF.DWOOl) CRKKK 



PLATE 14 

(See map 30) 

f'ig. 1 — Freshwater lagoon. On tlie steep Jeolivity at the right a group of 
natural depressions are thouglit to be the house-pits where giants formerly lived. 
The place is called nr'rts-o-po'pii.. 

Fig. 2 — ytone lagoou. 



[310] 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH. & ETHN. VOL. 16 (WATERMAN | PLATE 14 




Fig. 1 




Fig. 



ALONG TtTE COAST: PRESHWATKH LAIiOON AND .STO.S'H l,A(100.\' 



PLATE 15 
(See iiiai> Ml ) 

Pii;. 1 — c;o:it Ifurk lietweeii StOiie hiiiouii :nnl Dry Inyoon. 

Fig. L' — Dry l.-igduii. An inilinii \ ill:ige, tsotskwi, lay just to the right of 
tlie white li;ini in the ilist.inre. (iDat rork (rectangle l-.'ll) may be seen at 

the left. 



[:il:2. 



UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. AM. ARCH, & ETHN. VOL. 16 | WATERMAN ] PLATE 15 





PLATE 16 

(See map 33) 

Tlie village lies ou the slope of the blufF, sheltered from the wiiul. The 
native ilwelling-houses have been replaceil by shacks of sawn lumber, but one 
or two old sweat houses still remain. 



[ 314 ] 




'T 



I 



^ 



o 
> 



C 

m 



> 

> 

3) 
O 

I 



m 
H 

I 
Z 

< 

o 



> 

z 



> 

m 



■>■£ 



UNTVEESITT OF CALITOENIA PUBLICATIONS— (Continued) 

VoLV. 1. The Emeryville Shellmound, by Max UUe. Pp. 1-106, plates 1-12, with 38 

text figures. June, 1907 1.25 

2. Recent Investigations hearing upon the Question of the Occurrence of 

Neocene Man in the Auriferous Gravels of California, by William J. 
Sinclair. Pp. 107-130, plates 13-14. February, 1908 _ .35 

3. Pome Indian Basketry, by S. A. Barrett. Pp. 133-306, plates 15-30, 231 

text figures. December, 1908 „ „ _ _ 1.75 

4. Shellmounds of the San Francisco Bay Begion, by N. C. Nelson. Pp. 309- 

356, plates 32-34. December, 1909 _ .50 

5. The Ellis Landing Shellmound, by N. C. Nelson. Pp. 357-426, plates 36-50. 

April, 1910 _ _ .75 

Index, pp. 427-443. 

Vol.8. 1. A Miasion Record of the California Indians, from a Manuscript In the 

Bancroft Library, by A. L. Rroeber. Pp. 1-27. May, 1908 _ .25 

2. The Ethnography of the CahuUla Indians, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 29-68, 

plates 1-15. July, 1908 75 

3. The Religion of the Luisefio and Dieguefio Indians of Southern California, 

by Constance Goddard Dubois. Pp. 69-186, plates 16-19. June, 1908 1.25 

4. The Culture of the Lulseiio Indians, by Philip Stedman Sparkman. Pp. 187- 

234, plate 20. August, 1908 _ .50 

5. Notes on Shoshonean Dialects of Southern CaUfomla, by A. L. Kroeber. 

Pp. 235-269. September, 1909 35 

6. The Religious Practices of the Dieguefio Indians, by T. T. Waterman. Pp. 

271-358, plates 21-28. March, 1910 80 

Index, pp. 359-369. 

Vol.9. 1. Yana Texts, by Edward Saplr, together with Yana Myths collected by 

Roland B. Dixon. Pp. 1-235. February, 1910 2.50 

2. The Chumash and Costanoan Languages, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 237-271. 

November, 1910 35 

3. The Languages of the Coast of California North of San Francisco, by A. L. 

Kroeber. Pp. 273-435, and map. April, 1911 1.50 

Index, pp. 437-439. 

Vol.10. 1. Phonetic Constituents of the Native Languages of California, by A. L. 

Kroeber. Pp. 1-12. May, 1911 - -l" 

2. The Phonetic Elements of the Northern Palute Language, by T. T. Water- 

man. Pp. 13-44, plates 1-5. November, 1911 ..._ 45 

3. Phonetic Elements of the Mohave Language, by A. L. Bjroeber. Pp. 45-96, 

plates 6-20. November, 1911 ..._ _ - 65 

4. The Ethnology of the Sallnan Indians, by J. Alden Mason. Pp. 97-240, 

plates 21-37. December, 1912 _ 1-75 

5. Papago Verb Stems, by Juan Dolores. Pp. 241-263. August, 1913 25 

6. Notes on the Chilula Indians of Northwestern California, by Pliny Earle 

Goddard. Pp. 265-288, plates 38-41. April, 1914 _ .30 

7. Chilula Texts, by Pliny Eaxle Ooddard. Pp. 289-379. November, 1914 . — 1.00 

Index, pp. 381-385. 

Vol. 11. 1. Elements of the Kato Language, by Pliny Earle Goddard. Pp. 1-176, plates 

1-45. October, 1912 _ _ 2.00 

2. Phonetic Elements of the Dieguefio Language, by A. L. Kroeber and J. P. 

Harrington. Pp. 177-188. April, 1914 „ - .10 

3. Sarsl Texte, by Pliny Earle Goddard. Pp. 189-277. February, 1915 1.00 

4. Serlan, Tequistlatecan, and Hokan, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 279-290. Febru- 

ary, 1915 - - - — -lO 

5. Dichotomous Social Organization in South Central California, by Edward 

Wlnslow Qlfford. Pp. 291-296. February, 1916 — - 05 

6. The Delineation of the Day-Signs In the Aztec Manuscripts, by T. T. Water- 

man. Pp. 297-398. March, 1916 - - --- 1-00 

7. The Mutsun Dialect of Costanoan Based on the Vocabulary of De la Ouesta, 

by J. Alden Mason. Pp. 399-472. March, 1916 - .70 

Index, pp. 473-479. 



UNTVERSITY OF CAI.IFOENIA PUBLICATIONS— (Continued) 

VoL 12. 1. Composition of California SheUmounds, by Edward Winslow Gifiord. Pp. 

1-29. February, 1916 30 

2. California Place Names of Indian Origin, by A. L. Eroeber. Pp. 31-69. 

June, 1916 40 

3. Arapaho Dialects, by A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 71-138. June, 1916 70 

4. Miwok Moieties, by Edward Winslow Glflford. Pp. 139-194. June, 1916.... J55 

5. On Plotting the Inflections of the Voice, by Cornelius B. Bradley. Pp. 195- 

218, plates 1-5. October, 1916 25 

6. Tilbatulabal and Kawaiisu Kinship Terms, by Edward Winslow Glfford. 

Pp. 219-248. February, 1917 30 

7. Bandelier's Contribution to the Study of Ancien'o Mexican Social Organiza- 

tion, by T. T. Waterman. Pp. 249-282. February, 1917 35 

8. Miwok Myths, by Edward Winslow Glfford. Pp. 283-338, plate 6. May, 

1917 55 

9. California Kinship Systems, A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 339-396. May, 1917 60 

10. Ceremonies of the Porno Indians, by S. A. Barrett. Pp. 397-441, 8 text- 

figures. July, 1917 45 

11. Porno Bear Doctors, by S. A. Barrett. Pp. 443-465, plate 7. July, 1917 25 

Index, pp. 467-473. 
Vol. 13. 1. The Position of Yana In the Hokan Stock, by E. Saplr. Pp. 1-34. July, 

1917 _ 35 

2. The Yana Indians, by T. T. Waterman. Pp. 35-102, plates 1-20. February, 

1918 .75 

3. Yahi Archery, by Saston T. Pope. Pp. 103-152, plates 21-37. March, 1918 .75 

4. Yana Terms of Relationship, by Edward Saplr. Pp. 153-173. March, 1918 .25 

5. The Medical History of Ishi, by Saxton T. Pope. Pp. 175-213, plates 38-44, 

'8 figures in text. May, 1920 45 

Vol. 14. 1. The Language of the Salinan Indians, by J. Aldeu Mason. Pp. 1-154. 

January, 1918 1.75 

2. Clans and Moieties in Southern California, by Edward Winslow Gifiord. 

Pp. 155-219, 1 figure in text. March, 1918 .76 

3. Ethnogeography and Archaeology of the Wiyot Territory, by Llewellyn L. 

Loud. Pp. 221-436, plates 1-21, 15 text-figures. December, 1918 250 

4. The W^lntun Hesi Ceremony, by S. A. Barrett. Pp. 437-488, plates 22-23, 

3 figures in text. March, 1919 .75 

5. The Genetic Relationship of the North American Indian Languages, by 

Paul Radin. Pp. 489-502. May, 1919 15 

Vol. 15. 1. Ifugao Law, by R. F. Barton. Pp. 1-186, plates 1-33. February, 1919 2.00 

2. Nabaloi Songs, by C. E. Moss and A. L. Kroeber. Pp. 187-206. May, 1919 .20 
Vol. 16. 1. Myths of the Southern Sierra Miwok, by S. A. Barrett. Pp. 1-28. March, 

1919 _ SO 

2. The MatriUneal Complex, by Robert H. Lowic. Pp. 29-45. March, 1919..._. .15 

3. The Linguistic Families of CaUfomia, by Roland B. Dixon and A. L. 

Kroeber. Pp. 47-118, map 1, 1 figure in text. September, 1919 75 

4. Calendars of the Indians North of Mexico, by Leona Cope. Pp. 119-176, 

with 3 maps. November, 1919 75 

5. Yurok Geography, by T. T. Waterman. Pp. 177-314, plates 1-16, 1 text 

figure, 34 maps. May, 1920 2.00 

6. The Cahuilla Indians, by Lucile Hooper. Pp. 315-380. .-^TTi!, 1920 75 

7. The Autobiography of a Winnebago Indian, by Paul Radin. Pp. 381-473. 

April, 1920 _ 1.00 

8. Yuman Tribes of the Lower Colorado, by A. L. Kroeber (In press) 

Volumes now completed: 

Volume 1. 1903-1904. 378 pages and 30 plates ..._ _ _ $4.25 

Volume 2. 1904-1907. 393 pages and 21 plates _ 3.50 

Volume 3. 1905. The Morphology of the Hupa Language, 344 pages 3.50 

Volume 4. 1906-1907. 374 pages, with 5 tables, 10 plates, and map 3.50 

Volume 5. 1907-1910. 384 pages, wl^h 25 plates _ _ 3.50 

Volume 6. 1908. 400 pages, with 3 maps „ „ 3.50 

Volume 7. 1907-1910. 443 pages and 50 plates _ ~ 3.50 

Volume 8. 1908-1910. 369 pages and 28 plates _ 3.50 

Volume 9. 1910-1911. 439 pages _ -.. 3.50 

Volume 10. 1911-1914. 385 pages and 41 plates 3.50 

Volume 11. 1911-1916. 479 pages and 45 plates _ 8.50 

Volume 12. 1916-1917. 473 pages and 7 plates _ _ - 5.00 

Note:— The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
cations of learned societies and institutions, universities, and libraries. Complete lists of all 
the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, Usts of 
publications or other information, address the MANAGER OF THE UNIVERSITY 
PRESS, BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A. AU matter sent in exchange should be 
addressed to THE EXCHANGE DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, BERKELEY, 
CALIFORNIA, U. S. A. 



